You are on page 1of 358

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

B ENGINE

SECTION

EC

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

A

EC

C

D

CONTENTS
INDEX FOR DTC ........................................................ 6
DTC No. Index ......................................................... 6
Alphabetical Index .................................................... 8
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 10
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” ................................................................ 10
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ...... 10
Precautions ............................................................ 10
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 13
PREPARATION ......................................................... 14
Special Service Tools ............................................. 14
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 14
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 15
System Diagram ..................................................... 15
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 16
System Chart ......................................................... 18
Fuel Injection Control System ................................ 18
Fuel Injection Timing Control System ..................... 20
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 20
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed)... 20
Crankcase Ventilation System ............................... 21
CAN Communication .............................................. 22
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 23
Fuel Filter ............................................................... 23
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing ...................... 24
Injector Adjustment Value Registration .................. 25
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 27
DTC Detection Logic .............................................. 27
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ............................. 27
Freeze Frame Data ................................................ 28
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ........................... 28
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ....................................... 28
Relationship Between MI, DTC, CONSULT-II and
Driving Patterns ...................................................... 31
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 33
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 33
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 37
Basic Inspection ..................................................... 38
Symptom Matrix Chart ........................................... 42

Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 46
Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 50
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 52
ECM Terminals And Reference Value .................... 52
CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) ............................ 59
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
... 66
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................... 69
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ......................................................................... 70
Description .............................................................. 70
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 70
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ............. 71
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................... 71
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 72
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 73
Ground Inspection .................................................. 78
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 79
Description .............................................................. 79
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 79
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 79
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 80
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 81
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ................. 82
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 82
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 82
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 82
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ...................................... 84
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 84
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 84
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 84
Removal and Installation ........................................ 85
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP .......................................... 86
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 86
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 86
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 87
Removal and Installation ........................................ 87
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ...................................... 88
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 88

EC-1

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 88
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 89
Component Inspection ............................................ 90
Removal and Installation ........................................ 91
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................... 92
Component Description .......................................... 92
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
... 92
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................... 92
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 93
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 93
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 94
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 95
Component Inspection ............................................ 96
Removal and Installation ........................................ 97
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................. 98
Component Description .......................................... 98
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 98
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 98
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 100
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 101
Component Inspection .......................................... 102
Removal and Installation ...................................... 102
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 103
Description ............................................................ 103
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 103
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 103
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 105
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 106
Component Inspection .......................................... 107
Removal and Installation ...................................... 107
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR ......................... 108
Description ............................................................ 108
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 108
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 108
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 109
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 109
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 110
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................111
Component Inspection .......................................... 112
Removal and Installation ...................................... 112
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE
SENSOR .................................................................. 113
Description ............................................................ 113
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 113
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 113
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 113
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 114
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 115
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 116
Removal and Installation ...................................... 117
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ......................... 118
Description ............................................................ 118
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 118
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 118
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 118

DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 119
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 120
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 121
Component Inspection ..........................................122
Removal and Installation ....................................... 122
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR ................................. 123
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 123
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 123
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 123
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ................... 125
Component Description ........................................ 125
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.125
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 125
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 126
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 127
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 128
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 129
Component Inspection ..........................................130
Removal and Installation ....................................... 131
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 132
Description ............................................................ 132
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.133
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 133
Overall Function Check ......................................... 133
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 135
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 137
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 140
Component Inspection ..........................................141
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR ......................... 142
Description ............................................................ 142
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.142
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 142
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 143
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 143
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 144
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 145
Component Inspection ..........................................146
Removal and Installation ....................................... 146
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM ......................................... 147
Description ............................................................ 147
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 147
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 148
Overall Function Check ......................................... 148
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 149
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 150
Component Inspection ..........................................152
Removal and Installation ....................................... 152
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR .............. 153
Component Description ........................................ 153
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.153
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 153
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 154
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 154
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 155
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 156

EC-2

Component Inspection ......................................... 158
Removal and Installation ...................................... 158
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR ..................................... 159
Description ........................................................... 159
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 159
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 159
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 160
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 160
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 161
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 162
Component Inspection ......................................... 164
Removal and Installation ...................................... 164
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR ..................................... 165
Description ........................................................... 165
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 165
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 165
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 166
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 166
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 167
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 168
Component Inspection ......................................... 170
Removal and Installation ...................................... 170
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR .................................... 171
Description ........................................................... 171
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 171
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 172
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 172
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 173
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 174
Component Inspection ......................................... 175
Removal and Installation ...................................... 176
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR .................................... 177
Description ........................................................... 177
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 177
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 178
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 178
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 179
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 180
Component Inspection ......................................... 182
Removal and Installation ...................................... 182
DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .... 183
Component Description ........................................ 183
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 183
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 183
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 184
DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .... 185
Component Description ........................................ 185
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 185
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 185
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 186
DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .... 187
Component Description ........................................ 187
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 187
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 187
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 188
DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ..................... 189
Component Description ........................................ 189

CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 189
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 189
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 190
DTC confirmation Procedure ................................ 190
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 192
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 193
Component Inspection .......................................... 202
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .......................... 203
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 203
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 203
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 203
DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .... 206
Component Description ........................................ 206
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 206
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 206
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 207
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 207
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 208
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 209
Component Inspection .......................................... 212
DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 213
Description ............................................................ 213
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 213
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 213
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 214
DTC P0606 ECM ..................................................... 215
Description ............................................................ 215
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 215
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 215
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 216
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP ............................ 217
Description ............................................................ 217
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 217
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 217
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 218
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 218
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 219
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 220
Component Inspection .......................................... 221
Removal and Installation ...................................... 221
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .... 222
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 222
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 222
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 223
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 224
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 225
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .... 227
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 227
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 228
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 228
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 229
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 230
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ........................................ 232
ECM Terminals and Reference valve ................... 232
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 232
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 232

EC-3

A

EC

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 234
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 235
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR ................... 237
Component Description ........................................ 237
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 237
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 237
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 238
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 239
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 240
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 241
Component Inspection .......................................... 243
Removal and Installation ...................................... 244
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP ........................................ 245
Description ............................................................ 245
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 245
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 245
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 246
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 246
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 248
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 249
Component Inspection .......................................... 250
Removal and Installation ...................................... 250
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP ........................................ 251
Description ............................................................ 251
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 251
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 251
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 252
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 252
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 254
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 255
Component Inspection .......................................... 257
Removal and Installation ...................................... 257
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP ........................................ 258
Description ............................................................ 258
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 258
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 258
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 259
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 259
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 260
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 261
Component Inspection .......................................... 262
Removal and Installation ...................................... 262
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP ........................................ 263
Description ............................................................ 263
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 263
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 263
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 264
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 264
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 266
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 267
Component Inspection .......................................... 268
Removal and Installation ...................................... 268
DTC P1616 ECM ..................................................... 269
Description ............................................................ 269

On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 269
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 269
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 270
DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE ..... 271
Description ............................................................ 271
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 271
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 271
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 272
DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE ..... 273
Description ............................................................ 273
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 273
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 273
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 274
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR ...................................... 275
Description ............................................................ 275
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.275
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 275
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 276
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 276
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 277
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 278
Component Inspection ..........................................279
Removal and Installation ....................................... 280
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY .......................................................................... 281
Component Description ........................................ 281
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.281
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 281
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 282
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 283
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 284
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 285
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT ..... 286
Component Description ........................................ 286
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
.286
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 286
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 287
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 288
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 289
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 290
Component Inspection ..........................................292
Removal and Installation ....................................... 292
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR ...................... 293
Description ............................................................ 293
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 293
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 293
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 294
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 295
Description ............................................................ 295
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 296
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 297
Component Inspection ..........................................301
Removal and Installation ....................................... 301
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM ...................... 302
Description ............................................................ 302
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode

EC-4

. 303
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 303
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 304
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 305
Component Inspection ......................................... 307
Removal and Installation ...................................... 308
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........... 309
Description ........................................................... 309
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 310
Wiring Diagram .....................................................311
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 312
Component Inspection ......................................... 313
Removal and Installation ...................................... 313
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................................................... 314
Description ........................................................... 314
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 314
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 315
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 316
Component Inspection ......................................... 318
HEAT UP SWITCH .................................................. 319
Description ........................................................... 319
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 319
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 319
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 320
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 321
Component Inspection ......................................... 324
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ................. 325
Component Description ........................................ 325
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 325
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 326
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 327
Removal and Installation ...................................... 329
BRAKE SWITCH .................................................... 330
Description ........................................................... 330
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode

. 330
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 330
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 331
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 332
Component Inspection .......................................... 341
PNP SWITCH .......................................................... 342
Description ............................................................ 342
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 342
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 342
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 343
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 344
START SIGNAL ...................................................... 348
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 348
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 349
ASCD INDICATOR .................................................. 351
Component Description ........................................ 351
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 352
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 353
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ........................... 354
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 354
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD). 355
System Description ............................................... 355
Component Description ........................................ 356
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 357
General Specifications .......................................... 357
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 357
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 357
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 357
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .................................... 357
Fuel Injector .......................................................... 357
Glow Plug ............................................................. 357
EGR Volume Control Valve .................................. 357
Crankshaft Position Sensor .................................. 357
Camshaft Position Sensor .................................... 357
Fuel Pump ............................................................ 358

A

EC

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

EC-5

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index

PFP:00024
EBS01KC3

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC
CONSULT-II*

1

Items
(CONSULT-II screen item)

MI lighting up

Reference page

CAN COMM CIRCUIT

EC-79

ECM*2

U1000

1000*3

P0000

0000

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.

P0016

0016

CMP/CKP RELATION

EC-82

P0088

0088

HIGH FUEL PRESS

×

EC-84

P0089

0089

FUEL PUMP

EC-86

P0093

0093

FUEL LEAK

×

EC-88

P0102

0102

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-92

P0103

0103

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-92

P0112

0112

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-98

P0113

0113

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-98

P0117

0117

ECT SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-103

P0118

0118

ECT SEN/CIRCUIT

EC-103

P0122

0122

APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT

EC-108

P0123

0123

APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT

EC-108

P0182

0182

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

EC-113

P0183

0183

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC

EC-113

P0192

0192

FRP SEN/CIRC

EC-118

P0193

0193

FRP SEN/CIRC

EC-118

P0200

0200

INJECTOR

×

EC-123

P0201

0201

CYL1 INJECTOR

×

EC-125

P0202

0202

CYL2 INJECTOR

×

EC-125

P0203

0203

CYL3 INJECTOR

×

EC-125

P0204

0204

CYL4 INJECTOR

×

EC-125

P0217

0217

ENG OVER TEMP

×

EC-132

P0222

0222

APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT

EC-142

P0223

0223

APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT

EC-142

P0234

0234

TC SYSTEM

EC-147

P0237

0237

TC BOOST SEN/CIRC

EC-153

P0238

0238

TC BOOST SEN/CIRC

EC-153

P0335

0335

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT

×

EC-159

P0336

0336

CKP SENSOR

×

EC-165

P0340

0340

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT

×

EC-171

P0341

0341

CMP SENSOR

×

EC-177

P0501

0501

VEHICLE SPEED

EC-183

P0502

0502

VEHICLE SPEED

EC-185

P0503

0503

VEHICLE SPEED

EC-187

EC-6

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC
CONSULT-II*

1

Items
(CONSULT-II screen item)

2

ECM*

MI lighting up

Reference page

P0504

0504

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT

EC-189

P0563

0563

BATTERY VOLTAGE

EC-203

P0580

0580

STRG SW/CIRC

EC-206

P0581

0581

STRG SW/CIRC

EC-206

P0605

0605

ECM

×

EC-213

P0606

0606

ECM

×

EC-215

P0628

0628

FUEL PUMP/CIRC

×

EC-217

P0629

0629

FUEL PUMP/CIRC

×

EC-217

P0642

0642

SENSOR PWR/CIRC1

EC-222

P0643

0643

SENSOR PWR/CIRC1

EC-222

P0652

0652

SENSOR PWR/CIRC2

EC-227

P0653

0653

SENSOR PWR/CIRC2

EC-227

P0686

0686

ECM RELAY

EC-232

P1268

1268

INJECTOR 1

EC-237

P1269

1269

INJECTOR 2

EC-237

P1270

1270

INJECTOR 3

EC-237

P1271

1271

INJECTOR 4

EC-237

P1272

1272

FRP RELIEF VALVE

EC-245

P1273

1273

FUEL PUMP

EC-251

P1274

1274

FUEL PUMP

×

EC-258

P1275

1275

FUEL PUMP

×

EC-263

P1610 - P1615

1610 - 1615

NATS MALFUNTION

BL-176

P1616

1616

ECM

EC-269

P1622

1622

INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST

EC-271

P1623

1623

INJ ADJ VAL ERROR

EC-273

P2135

2135

APP SENSOR

EC-275

P2146

2146

INJ PWR/CIRC

×

EC-281

P2147

2147

INJECTOR/CIRC

×

EC-286

P2148

2148

INJECTOR/CIRC

×

EC-286

P2149

2149

INJ PWR/CIRC

×

EC-281

P2228

2228

BARO SEN/CIRC

EC-293

P2229

2229

BARO SEN/CIRC

EC-293

*1:This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

EC-7

A

EC

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

"DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . X: Applicable —: Not applicable Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) DTC CONSULT-II* 1 ECM*2 MI lighting up Reference page APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT P0122 0122 — EC-108 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT P0123 0123 — EC-108 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT P0222 0222 — EC-142 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT P0223 0223 — EC-142 APP SENSOR P2135 2135 — EC-275 BARO SEN/CIRC P2228 2228 — EC-293 BARO SEN/CIRC P2229 2229 — EC-293 BATTERY VOLTAGE P0563 0563 — EC-203 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P0504 0504 — EC-189 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*3 — EC-79 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 × EC-159 CKP SENSOR P0336 0336 × EC-165 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 0340 × EC-171 CMP SENSOR P0341 0341 × EC-177 CMP/CKP RELATION P0016 0016 — EC-82 CYL1 INJECTOR P0201 0201 × EC-125 CYL2 INJECTOR P0202 0202 × EC-125 CYL3 INJECTOR P0203 0203 × EC-125 CYL4 INJECTOR P0204 0204 × EC-125 ECM P0605 0605 × EC-213 ECM P0606 0606 × EC-215 ECM P1616 1616 — EC-269 ECM RELAY P0686 0686 — EC-232 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 0117 — EC-103 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0118 0118 — EC-103 ENG OVER TEMP P0217 0217 × EC-132 FRP RELIEF VALVE P1272 1272 — EC-245 FRP SEN/CIRC P0192 0192 — EC-118 FRP SEN/CIRC P0193 0193 — EC-118 FUEL LEAK P0093 0093 × EC-88 FUEL PUMP P0089 0089 — EC-86 FUEL PUMP P1273 1273 — EC-251 FUEL PUMP P1274 1274 × EC-258 FUEL PUMP P1275 1275 × EC-263 FUEL PUMP/CIRC P0628 0628 × EC-217 FUEL PUMP/CIRC P0629 0629 × EC-217 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC P0182 0182 — EC-113 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC P0183 0183 — EC-113 HIGH FUEL PRESS P0088 0088 × EC-84 EC-8 . first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to EC-79.INDEX FOR DTC Alphabetical Index EBS01KC4 NOTE: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC.

*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). EC-9 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M . this number is controlled by NISSAN.1615 — BL-176 NO DTC IS DETECTED.INDEX FOR DTC Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) IAT SEN/CIRCUIT DTC CONSULT-II*1 ECM*2 P0112 0112 MI lighting up Reference page — EC-98 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 — EC-98 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR P1623 1623 — EC-273 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST P1622 1622 — EC-271 INJ PWR/CIRC P2146 2146 × EC-281 INJ PWR/CIRC P2149 2149 × EC-281 INJECTOR P0200 0200 × EC-123 INJECTOR/CIRC P2147 2147 × EC-286 INJECTOR/CIRC P2148 2148 × EC-286 INJECTOR 1 P1268 1268 — EC-237 INJECTOR 2 P1269 1269 — EC-237 INJECTOR 3 P1270 1270 — EC-237 INJECTOR 4 P1271 1271 — EC-237 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 — EC-92 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 — EC-92 P1610 . P0000 0000 — — SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 P0642 0642 — EC-222 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 P0643 0643 — EC-222 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 P0652 0652 — EC-227 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 P0653 0653 — EC-227 STRG SW/CIRC P0580 0580 — EC-206 STRG SW/CIRC P0581 0581 — EC-206 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC P0237 0237 — EC-153 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC P0238 0238 — EC-153 TC SYSTEM P0234 0234 — EC-147 VEHICLE SPEED P0501 0501 — EC-183 VEHICLE SPEED P0502 0502 — EC-185 VEHICLE SPEED P0503 0503 — EC-187 NATS MALFUNCTION *1:This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.P1615 1610 . *3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

The interference of the harness with a bracket. (Be sure the connector is free from water. "HARNESS CONNECTOR" . see the SRS section. ● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. SEF289H EC-10 . A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system. dirt. refer to PG-75. can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. bent terminals. On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine EBS01KC6 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. etc. Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. especially those related to OBD. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. solenoid valves. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. Before removing parts. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module. WARNING: ● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative. ● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer. etc. For description and how to disconnect. Precautions ● ● ● ● EBS01KC7 Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. ● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. grease. including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS. CAUTION: ● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair or inspection work. ● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. will cause the MI to light up. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned off. ● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery negative cable. turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect battery negative cable. etc. The open/short circuit of related switches. which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation. ● Improper maintenance.) ● Certain systems and components. used along with a front seat belt. sensors. Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision.PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001 PRECAUTIONS Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” EBS01KC5 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit. may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. etc.

thus resulting in damage to IC's. Before replacing ECM. EC-11 H I J PBIB0090E K L M MEF040D . to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise. Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. etc. crankshaft position sensor. Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. Securely connect ECM harness connectors. Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. "ECM Terminals And Reference Value" . when connecting pin connectors. E F G PBIB1512E ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM. Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal. degraded operation of IC's. Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness. Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor.PRECAUTIONS ● Do not disassemble ECM. A EC C MBIB0625E D ● When connecting ECM harness connector. Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor. fasten it securely with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser. Refer to EC-52. perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break).

SEF709Y ● – – – – When installing C. Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown. If NG. take proper action. Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. never allow the two tester probes to contact. perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. EC-12 SEF708Y . SAT652J ● ● ● ● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester. SEF348N ● ● ● Do not depress accelerator pedal when staring. Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave radio can be kept smaller.B. be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/ output voltage. Immediately after staring. Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. Do not let them run parallel for a long distance. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. such as the ground. do not rev up engine unnecessarily. ham radio or a mobile phone. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation Procedure if the repair is completed. Do not disassemble fuel pump. If NG. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. The Overall Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.PRECAUTIONS ● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS. replace fuel injector. Do not disassemble fuel injector.

"POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" for power distribution circuit When you perform trouble diagnosis. ● PG-4. EBS01KC8 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M EC-13 . "How to Read Wiring Diagrams". "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES". ● GI-24. refer to the following: ● GI-11. "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident". refer to the following: ● GI-15.PRECAUTIONS Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis When you read Wiring diagrams.

PREPARATION PREPARATION Special Service Tools Tool number Tool name PFP:00002 EBS01KC9 Description EG17650301 Radiator cap tester adapter Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and radiator filler neck a: 28 (1. b: 31. c: 41.3 (1.4 (1.236) dia. Unit: mm (in) S-NT564 KV109E0010 Break-out box Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester S-NT825 KV109E0080 Y-cable adapter Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester S-NT826 Commercial Service Tools Tool name EBS01KCA Description Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor S-NT705 EC-14 .10) dia.626) dia.

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM System Diagram PFP:23710 A EBS01KCB EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBIB1287E EC-15 .

NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose. EC-16 From next page . "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System. Refer to EC-15. Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve 2.ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS01KCC LEFT SIDE OF THE ENGINE ROOM MBIB1387E : Vehicle front 1. Turbocharger control actuator A.

NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose. Refer to EC-15. "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System. Fuel rail 2. EC-17 Vacuum pump . To previous page 3. Intake air control valve actuator A.ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM RIGHT SIDE OF THE ENGINE ROOM A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBIB1288E : Vehicle front 1. Intake air control valve control solenoid valve 4.

START CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart Sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Camshaft position sensor Piston position Ignition switch Start signal Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure EC-18 ECM Function Fuel injection control (start control) Actuator Fuel injector Fuel pump .ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM System Chart EBS01KCD Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator) ● Accelerator pedal position sensor Fuel injection control Fuel injector and Fuel pump ● Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel injection timing control Fuel injector and Fuel pump ● Fuel pump temperature sensor Fuel cut control Fuel injector and Fuel pump ● Engine coolant temperature sensor Glow control system Mass air flow sensor Glow relay and glow indicator lamp*2 ● ● Intake air temperature sensor ASCD vehicle speed control Fuel injector and Fuel pump ● Crankshaft position sensor On board diagnostic system Malfunction indicator (MI)*2 ● Camshaft position sensor EGR volume control EGR volume control valve ● Turbocharger boost sensor Cooling fan control Cooling fan relay*2 ● Wheel sensor*1 ● Ignition switch Turbocharger boost control Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve ● ASCD steering switch ● ASCD brake switch Intake air control valve control Intake air control valve control solenoid valve ● ASCD clutch switch ● Stop lamp switch ● Air conditioner switch*1 ● Front air control*1 Park/neutral position switch Air conditioning cut control ● Air conditioner relay*2 ● Heat up switch ● Refrigerant pressure sensor ● Battery voltage *1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line. normal control. The ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Fuel Injection Control System EBS01KCE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions. the amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance. Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to preset value. idle control and start control. Under each control.

the greater the amount of fuel injected. SEF649S EC-19 .ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM When the ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch. the accelerator pedal position sensor detects accelerator pedal position and fuel rail pressure sensor detects fuel rail pressure. accelerator pedal positions and fuel rail pressure are stored in the ECM memory. the ECM adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. the lower the coolant temperature becomes. The ECM ends the start control when the engine speed reaches the specific value. The ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine to keep engine speed constant. I When the ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle. forming a map. and shifts the control to the normal or idle control. The ECM determines the optimal amount of fuel to be injected using the sensor signals in comparison with the map. The crankshaft position sensor detects engine speed. These sensors send signals to the ECM. the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle control. predetermined by correlation between various engine speeds. A EC C SEF648S D IDLE CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart Sensor Input Signal to ECM Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Battery Battery voltage Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure Wheel sensor Vehicle speed* Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal* Front air control PTC heater ON signal* Heat up switch Heat up switch signal ECM Function Actuator E F Fuel injection control (idle control) Fuel injector Fuel pump G H *: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. The ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the engine coolant temperature signal. The program is determined by the engine speed. The amount of fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value in the ECM. The fuel injection data. NORMAL CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart Sensor J K Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator position Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure ECM Function Fuel injection control (normal control) Actuator L Fuel injector Fuel pump M The amount of fuel injected under normal driving conditions is determined according to sensor signals. engine coolant temperature and fuel rail pressure. For better startability under cool engine conditions.

*2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line. The ECM determines the optimum injection timing using sensor signals accordance with the map. Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed) EBS01KCH INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input Signal to ECM Wheel sensor Vehicle speed* Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed *: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions. intake air amount. engine coolant temperature.ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart Sensor Input Signal to ECM Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position ECM Function Fuel injection control (maximum amount control) Actuator Fuel injector The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed. This continues until the engine coolant temperature returns to normal. EC-20 ECM Function Fuel cut control Actuator Fuel injector . This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or during a system failure. When engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. the air conditioner is turned off. DECELERATION CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart Sensor Input Signal to ECM Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed ECM Function Fuel injection control (deceleration control) Actuator Fuel injector Fuel pump The ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injectors and fuel pump during deceleration for better fuel efficiency. When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. Fuel Injection Timing Control System EBS01KCF DESCRIPTION The target fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine speed and the fuel injection amount are recorded as a map in the ECM beforehand. the air conditioner is turned off for a few seconds. Air Conditioning Cut Control EBS01KCG INPUT / OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input Signal to ECM Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*1 Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal opening angle Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ECM Function Air conditioner cut control Actuator Air conditioner relay*2 *1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. The ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal position sensor and crankshaft position sensor. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION This system improves acceleration when the air conditioner is used.

Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1. D E F G H I PBIB0590E J INSPECTION Ventilation Hose 1. the shift position is neutral and engine speed is over 2.800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. "Fuel Injection Control System" . blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover. then fuel cut will be cancelled. Crankcase Ventilation System EBS01KCI C DESCRIPTION In this system.ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM If the engine speed is above 2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. K L M SEC692 EC-21 . 2. NOTE: EC This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-18. If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions.800 rpm under no load (for example.500 rpm. replace. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies A based on engine speed.

It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Refer to LAN-30. control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line. CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. about CAN communication for detail. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM CAN Communication EBS01KCJ SYSTEM DESCRIPTION CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle. "CAN Communication Unit" . EC-22 .

Use a pan. perform the operation described above. Bleed air of the fuel filter. b. a. and make sure that fuel comes out. Refer to EC-23. Stop the operation at that time. ● When air is bled completely. 2. then remove the fuel filter. Using a tool such as a pliers. move the priming up and down. and protector assembly from the dash panel. If water dose not drain properly. Do not over-tighten the water draining cock. loosen the water draining cock at the bottom of the fuel filter. EC AIR BLEEDING Pump the priming pump (1) to bleed air. EC-23 G H I J K L M . This will damSMA825B age the cock thread. so as not to spill fuel. and vacuum hose for brake booster (between the vacuum pump and vacuum pipe). ● Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute after performing air bleeding. Loosening drain cock four to five turns causes water to start draining. etc. etc. Remove the air cleaner case (upper). "AIR BLEEDING" . filter bracket. the fuel is also drained. Remove the mounting nuts on the dash panel. Do not let fuel get on engine and other parts. to prevent foreign object from getting into the engine during the operation. disconnect the fuel supply hose between the fuel filter and the fuel gallery. Do not remove drain cock by loosening it excessively.) After that. 4. ● It is not necessary to disconnect the fuel hose. CAUTION: When the water is drained. CAUTION: After the duct is removed. connect the hose. (Use a pan. the pumping of the priming pump suddenly becomes heavy. air duct assembly. protector assembly from the dash panel as follows. to avoid fuel adherence to the rubber parts such as the engine mount insulator. then bleed air again. cover the opening with gum tape. filter bracket. Then. resulting in water or fuel leak. ● If it is difficult to bleed air by the pumping of the priming pump (the pumping of the priming pump does not become heavy). 3. C D E MBIB1197E F WATER DRAINING 1. etc. Remove the fuel filter.BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE Fuel Filter PFP:00018 A EBS01KCK DESCRIPTION A water draining cock is on the lower side and a priming pump for bleeding air is on the upper side. Start the engine.

Turn ignition switch ON. "Without CONSULT-II" . OPERATION PROCEDURE NOTE: When removing fuel pump.BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing EBS01KCL DESCRIPTION In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail. EC-24 . perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing before starting engine. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is an operation to clear the value of the fuel pump learning. refer to EC-27. MBIB0894E Without CONSULT-II Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as erasing DTC. the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor. With CONSULT-II 1. In detail. ● ECM is replaced with used one which stores the fuel pump learning value of other fuel pump. Accordingly. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds. MBIB0893E 4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. 2. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing should be performed under the following conditions. MBIB0896E 3. Select “PUMP LEARNT CLEAR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II. the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. ● Fuel pump is changed.

For the first case. 2. After “CMND FINISHED” is displayed. 5. And for the second case. record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector. injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE Injector Adjustment Value Registration EBS01KCM A DESCRIPTION Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector. NOTE: When touching “START”. Input injector adjustment value. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration. CONSULT-II reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM. 4. NOTE: Input injector adjustment value is stored in CONSULT-II.The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control. NOTE: ● In this step. ● Injector(s) are replaced. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped). Touch “START”. Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed. 6. E F G MBIB1251E H Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6 OPERATION PROCEDURE I NOTE: ● Before performing this procedure. 3. 1. 7. Repeat step 4 . A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following EC two values. make sure that the following values are same for each cylinder. ● When all fuel injectors are replaced or ECM is replaced. CONSULT-II reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on the CONSULT-II screen.5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration. injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT-II are written onto ECM memory. By performing “INJ ADJ VAL CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. it is recommended to perform “INJ ADJ VAL CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode before performing this procedure. ● Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. and touch “START”. NOTE: When touching “START”. ● Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. D ● ECM is replaced. Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory correctly. and touch “ENTER”. EC-25 J K L M . ● The injector adjustment value stored in ECM ● The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle C Injector Adjustment Value Registration must be performed after the following cases.

perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC. and check if the same DTC is detected again.BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ● If DTC is detected. MBIB1254E EC-26 .

4. Refer to EC-29. etc. P0335. etc. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. With CONSULT-II CONSULT-II displays the DTC in "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode. Touch “ENGINE”. 2. The MI will light up each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MI to light up. EC-27 . Therefore. Example: P0117. 0335. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. 3. "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" . If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work. ● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. F G H If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work. 3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. EC refer to EC-6. These DTCs are prescribed by ISO15031-5. be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. the Diagnostic Test Mode II does not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased. Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) EBS01KCO HOW TO READ DTC C The DTC can be read by the following methods. HOW TO ERASE DTC With CONSULT-II 1. P1268. 2. Touch “ERASE”. "INDEX FOR DTC" .) I J K L M PBIB2452E The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELFDIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. Without CONSULT-II 1. 1260. the malfunction (DTC) and freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended. Example: 0117. (CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system. However.ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM DTC Detection Logic PFP:00028 A EBS01KCN When a malfunction is detected. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal.) D E Without CONSULT-II The number of blinks of the MI in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Wait at least 5 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.

engine coolant temperature. be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. This is a bulb check. the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. perform self-diagnostic results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. When replacing ECM. NATS. "MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS" . Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-27. ● Freeze Frame Data EBS01KCP The ECM records the driving conditions such as calculated load value. engine speed. Freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. For details. see EC-28. Refer to BL-170. initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out SEF543X with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. Malfunction Indicator (MI) EBS01KCR DESCRIPTION The MI is located on the combination meter. refer to EC-354. are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. "NATS(Nissan Anti-Theft System)" . the MI should go off. stored together with the DTC data. "Freeze Frame Data" . The data. Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed before touching "ERASE" in "SELF-DAIG RESULTS" mode with CONSULT-II. ● If the MI does not light up. Therefore. refer to CONSULT-II operation manual. Be careful so that not only the DTC. NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ● ● ● EBS01KCQ If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the ON position or "NATS MALFUNCTION" is displayed on "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" screen. vehicle speed and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected. "HOW TO ERASE DTC" . ● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. 2. 1. SAT652J ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM If the battery is disconnected. – Diagnostic trouble codes – Freeze frame data – Fuel pump learning value Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. When the engine is started. If the MI remains on. EC-28 . the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. Regarding the procedure of NATS initialization and NATS ignition key ID registration. are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. but all of the data listed above. If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and another freeze frame data occurs later. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running.

Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Wait 7 seconds. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released. check MI circuit. Fully release the accelerator pedal. (See EC-354. E Mode II Ignition switch in ON position SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS This function allows DTCs to be read.) A Engine stopped EC C D Engine running MALFUNCTION WARNING This is a usual driving condition. I J How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) 1. 2. If the MI does not come on. open circuit. 10 seconds until the MI starts blinking.ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Diagnostic Test Mode KEY and ENG. ● Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF. fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. a. 4. Status Function Explanation of Function Mode I Ignition switch in ON position BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown. etc. PBIB0092E EC-29 K L M . ● It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. the MI will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). "MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS" . Fully release the accelerator pedal. F Engine stopped G H HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE NOTE: ● It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. 3.). b. When ECM detects a malfunction.

and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. "INDEX FOR DTC" ) How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. In this way. ● If the battery is disconnected. EC-30 . the later numeral appears on the display 1. DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING MI Condition ON When the malfunction is detected. "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . The “zero” is indicated by the number of ten flashes. Refer to EC354.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" . If it remains OFF. PBIA3905E A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes.ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) 1. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1. check the bulb. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 3.8-second OFF.0-second OFF. 2.OFF (0. the MI on the combination meter should stay ON. The length of time the 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-6.3-second OFF cycle. the DTC is indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below. the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. ● Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK In this mode. "MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS" . These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS In this mode. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. Refer to EC-29. In other words. OFF No malfunction.6-second) . Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).3-second ON and 0. Refer to EC29. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.6-second) cycle. all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers.

CONSULT-II and Driving Patterns EBS01KCS A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBIB0622E *1: When a malfunction is detected. MI will light up.ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Relationship Between MI.) function at the moment it is detected. EC-31 *3: When a malfunction is detected for the first time. *4: Other screens except SELF-DIAG*5: The DTC will not be displayed any NOSTIC RESULTS & DATA MONIlonger after vehicle is driven 40 times TOR (AUTO TRIG) cannot display (Driving pattern A) without the same the malfunction. the DTC will be stored in ECM. (The DTC still remain in (AUTO TRIG) can display the malECM. . *2: MI will not light up after ignition switch is turned OFF. DATA MONITOR malfunction. DTC.

EC-32 . The counter will be counted up when (1) .ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM DRIVING PATTERN A MBIB0923E ● ● ● The counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) .(4).(4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. The DTC will not be displayed after the counter reaches 40.

The customer can supply good information about such incidents. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Trouble Diagnosis Introduction PFP:00004 A EBS01KCT INTRODUCTION The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injection control. Before undertaking actual checks. glow control system. "WORK FLOW" . E F G H SEF233G I A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. EC C D MEF036D It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. In this case. or other malfunctions with the engine. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A road test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be performed. At the same time. it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks. fuel injection timing control. etc. especially intermittent ones. J K L SEF234G M EC-33 . Most intermittent malfunctions are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators. Follow the EC-34. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on next page should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” incidents first. careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. This will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.

"TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . . "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . perform EC-70. perform EC-70. EC-34 If the on board diagnostic system cannot be performed.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS WORK FLOW PBIB0477E *1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” is other than “0”. *4 If malfunctioning part cannot be detected.*3 form EC-70. "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-71. check main power supply and ground circuit. *2 If the incident cannot be verified. per.

If the malfunction code is indicated. The DTC and the freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV. For details. perform EC-70. check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the DTC and the freeze frame data. refer to GI-24. "DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET" . Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. In general. STEP III Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs. Study the relationship between the cause. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. The “NG” result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection. and the symptom described by the customer. components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. (Refer to EC-27 . STEP IV Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. you need to run the engine in the same conditions and circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint. perform EC-70. STEP V Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV. The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Inspect the system for mechanical binding. perform the Overall Function Check instead. Refer to EC-42 . specified by DTC. SEF907L EC-35 EC C D E F G H I J K L M . skip STEP IV and perform STEP V. If the incident cannot be verified. If the incident cannot be verified. STEP II Before confirming the concern. each customer feels differently about an incident. proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Check and read the DTC and the freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . STEP VII Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component. perform EC-70. "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" . "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected. be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results. If the incident cannot be verified. then erase the DTC. If the malfunction code is detected. Gently shake the related connectors. STEP VI Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. If the incident is still detected in the final check.) Also check related service bulletins for information. Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Description for Work Flow STEP A DESCRIPTION STEP I Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the EC-35. proceed to the Basic Inspection. In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available. Refer to EC-42 . Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC P0000) is detected. During the DTC verification.) DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. (The “Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. this simplified “check” is an effective alternative. loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-27 . perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one. be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. Refer to EC-52 or EC-66 . Repair or replace the malfunction parts. however. If the normal code is indicated. perform EC-70. Before returning the vehicle to the customer. The DTC cannot be displayed by this check. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. Then perform inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. EC-38 . “Circuit Inspection”.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Worksheet Sample MTBL0533 EC-36 .

camshaft position correlation ● P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor ● P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor ● P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor ● P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor ● P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor ● P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor ● P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor ● P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor ● P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor ● P0563 Battery voltage ● P0605 P0606 P1616 ECM ● P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply ● P1610 . "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . NOTE: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC. Priority 1 2 3 Detected items (DTC) ● U1000 CAN communication line ● P0016 Crankshaft position .P1615 NATS ● P1622 P1623 Injector adjustment value ● P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor ● P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 .TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS DTC Inspection Priority Chart EBS01KCU A If some DTCs are displayed at the same time.P1271 P2146 .P2149 Fuel injector ● P0686 ECM relay ● P0088 P0093 Fuel system ● P0217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) ● P0234 Turbocharger system ● P0501 P0502 P0503 ASCD vehicle speed sensor ● P0504 ASCD brake switch ● P0580 P0581 ASCD steering switch C D E F G H I J K L M EC-37 . first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000.P1275 Fuel pump ● P0200 . perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. Refer to EC EC-79.P0204 P1268 .

Check the current need for scheduled maintenance. ● Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position. INSPECTION START 1. Without CONSULT-II Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle. ● Heat up switch is OFF. or improper connections Wiring for improper connections. PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED With CONSULT-II Connect CONSULT-II to the data link connector. ● On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems. 1. or cuts Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. >> GO TO 2. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident. ● Rear defogger switch is OFF. 2. etc. ● Headlamp switch is OFF. "PERIODIC MAINTENANCE" . especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. >> GO TO 3. kinks. Refer to MA-8. SEF142I 2. ● Heater fan switch is OFF. 3. EC-38 . Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Vacuum hoses for splits.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Basic Inspection EBS01KCV Precaution: Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied. ● Air conditioner switch is OFF. pinches. – – – 4. set lighting switch to the 1st position to light only small lamps.

Read idle speed. 2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. 3. L M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position) A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) M Without CONSULT-II Read idle speed. Read idle speed. Refer to EC-23. NG >> Repair or replace. Start engine and let it idle. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Drain water from fuel filter. Stop engine. 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. "AIR BLEEDING" . Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. EC-39 . Refer to EC-23. 2. E SEF817Y F 4.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 3. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN K With CONSULT-II 1. >> GO TO 8. DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER 1. >> GO TO 6. CHECK IDLE SPEED A With CONSULT-II 1. Stop engine. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position) A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. 2. "WATER DRAINING" . G H 5. J 6. EC M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position) A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) C Without CONSULT-II Read idle speed. BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM I Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. D M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position) A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4. SEF817Y 7.

Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks. SEF817Y 9. NG >> Follow the instruction of “CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE”. "CHARGING SYSTEM" . OK or NG OK >> Check charging system. EC-40 . 3. Refer to EM-92. Voltage: More than 12. 2. 11. 2. 10. NG >> Replace air cleaner filter. Stop engine. NG >> Repair or replace. "BATTERY" . M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position) A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) Without CONSULT-II Read idle speed. Start engine and let it idle. Read idle speed.13V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" . CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN With CONSULT-II 1. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE Check compression pressure. CHECK BATTERY Refer to SC-5. CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE Check battery voltage. 12. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 11.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 8. M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position) A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. Refer to SC-14. CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER 1.

2. 3. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Read idle speed. SEF817Y F G H I J K L M EC-41 . EC C M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position) A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) Without CONSULT-II Read idle speed. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN A With CONSULT-II 1.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 13. Replace fuel injector. GO TO 3. D M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position) A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) E OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> 1. 2. Start engine and let it idle.

HA) SYMPTOM AF 5 5 4 4 3 5 — 3 EC-125 1 3 3 3 3 EC-295 4 4 EGR system 3 3 3 EM-106 EC-302 Air cleaner and duct 3 3 EM-15 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-88 Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-217 Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-125 Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1 EC-25 Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-92 ENGINE CONTROL Fuel rail pressure relief valve Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 Vehicle speed signal circuit Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 1 Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 EC-103 1 LAN-30 1 EC-108. EC-275 EC-118 EC-42 .TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Symptom Matrix Chart EBS01KCW Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Glow control system 1 1 1 1 Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 AE LOW IDLE HI IDLE AD POOR ACCELERATION AC LACK OF POWER WHEN DECELERATING AB KNOCK/DETONATION AA DURING DRIVING AT IDLE HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT Reference page HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT Warranty symptom code HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD NO START (without first firing) NO START (with first firing) SYSTEM — Basic engine control system ENGINE STALL HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. EC-142.

(continued on next page) EC-43 K L EC-348 1 Heat up switch circuit Power supply for ECM circuit J EC-171 Turbocharger boost sensor circuit Ignition switch circuit E F KNOCK/DETONATION AA Crankshaft position sensor circuit D Reference page AT IDLE HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT ENGINE STALL C HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT Warranty symptom code EC HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD NO START (without first firing) NO START (with first firing) SYSTEM — Basic engine control system ENGINE CONTROL A M . HA) 1 Camshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 H AE 1 LOW IDLE 1 G HI IDLE AD POOR ACCELERATION AC LACK OF POWER WHEN DECELERATING DURING DRIVING AB I AF 1 EC-159 1 1 1 EC-153 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit 1 1 1 EC-309 Intake air control valve control solenoid valve circuit 1 1 1 1 1 Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-314 1 1 EC-71 1 1 1 1 EC-319 1 EC-71 Cooling fan relay circuit EC-132 EGR volume control valve circuit Glow relay circuit 1 1 ECM relay (Self shut-off) circuit ECM NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 2 1 EC-302 1 EC-295 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 EC-232 2 2 2 2 2 EC-213. EC-215. EC-269 EC-28 1 .TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS SYMPTOM HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP.5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-142. EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION AK DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE) OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE AJ ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE AH Warranty symptom code WHITE SMOKE IDLING VIBRATION AG SYSTEM — Basic engine control system BLACK SMOKE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING SYMPTOM 1 1 — 1 1 EC-125 1 EC-295 3 EM-106 EGR system 3 EC-302 Air cleaner and duct 3 EM-15 ENGINE CONTROL Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1 1 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 Vehicle speed signal circuit Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit EC-88 1 Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit EC-44 1 1 EC-217 1 1 EC-125 1 EC-25 1 1 EC-92 1 1 EC-103 1 1 LAN-30 1 1 EC-108. EC-275 1 1 EC-118 .TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS AM Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 Fuel injector 3 3 3 4 AP 3 Glow control system Engine body 3 3 3 3 1 HA 3 Can be detected by CONSULT-II? EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION AL Reference page Malfunction indicator illuminates.

5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. EC-215. EC-45 2 I J 2 2 2 2 K EC-295 ECM relay (Self shut-off) circuit 2 EC-71 EC-302 1 2 H EC-132 EGR volume control valve circuit ECM G EC-309 Start signal circuit Cooling fan relay circuit D 2 2 1 EC-232 2 EC-213. EC-269 1 EC-28 L M .TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION AH AJ AK AL AM 1 1 C Can be detected by CONSULT-II? 1 EC-159 Camshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 EC-171 Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 1 1 EC-153 Crankshaft position sensor circuit Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit WHITE SMOKE BLACK SMOKE Malfunction indicator illuminates. Reference page 1 Warranty symptom code ENGINE CONTROL EC DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE) IDLING VIBRATION AG SYSTEM — Basic engine control system A ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING SYMPTOM AP 1 HA 1 E F EC-348 Ignition switch circuit EC-71 Heat up switch circuit EC-319 Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 2 1 Glow relay circuit 2 NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 .

Intake air control valve actuator 11. Engine coolant temperature sensor 7. Turbocharger boost sensor 5. Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve 8. Fuel pump 10. IPDM E/R 2. Refrigerant pressure sensor 6. Fuel rail pressure sensor 17. Glow relay 4.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS01KCX MBIB1198E 1. Intake air control valve control solenoid valve 18. Fuel injector 16. EGR volume control valve EC-46 . Glow plug 15. Turbocharger boost control actuator 13. Camshaft position sensor 14. Cooling fan motor 9. Mass air flow sensor 12. ECM 3.

Fuel pump 3. Engine coolant temperature sensor 6. Fuel rail pressure sensor 8. Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-47 . Fuel rail pressure relief valve 4. Fuel pump temperature sensor 2. Fuel rail 5. Camshaft position sensor 9. EGR volume control valve 7.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBIB1388E : Vehicle front 1.

Glow relay 2.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS MBIB1249E : Vehicle front 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-48 . Stop lamp switch 7. ASCD brake switch 6. Crankshaft position sensor (View from under the vehicle) 4. ECM 3. Turbocharger boost sensor (View with front grille removed) 5.

PNP switch (M/T) (View from under the vehicle) 4. Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (View with air cleaner upper case removed) 2. Intake air control valve control solenoid valve 5. SET/COAST switch 8. CANCEL switch EC-49 . RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 7. Turbocharger boost control actuator 3. MAIN switch 9. ASCD steering switch 6.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBIB1289E : Vehicle front 1.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Circuit Diagram EBS01KCY MBWA1032E EC-50 .

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1363E EC-51 .

Use a ground other than ECM terminals. PBIB1512E ECM INSPECTION TABLE Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Remove ECM harness connector. loosen it with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. ● Data is for comparison and may not be exact. When disconnecting ECM harness connector. such as the ground. 1 2 3 WIRE COLOR B B B ITEM ECM ground CONDITION [Engine is running] ● Idle speed EC-52 DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 0V . 2.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS01KCZ MBIB0045E ECM Terminals And Reference Value EBS01KD0 PREPARATION 1. ECM located in the engine room passenger side behind coolant reservoir tank. 4. BBIA0537E 3. ● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST) between the ECM and ECM harness connector. TERMINAL NO.

8V L [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed M MBIB0885E 10 G Fuel pump Approximately 5.3V G [Engine is running] 6 BR ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed H MBIB0889E Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve I Approximately 8.000 rpm J MBIB0890E K Approximately 5.000 rpm E F MBIB1296E Approximately 6.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.6V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 4 V 5 G ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 7. 2 and 3) A C MBIB1295E D Approximately 8. 1 and 4) Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No.000 rpm MBIB0886E [Ignition switch ON] ● 13 Y Heat up switch Heat up switch: OFF [Ignition switch ON] ● Heat up switch: ON EC-53 Approximately 0.14V) .TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL NO.5V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.5V EC NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No.3V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .

5 .1 . "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .000 rpm MBIB0888E 37 G Glow relay Refer to EC-295.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed MBIB0887E 29 B Fuel pump 0.3V Approximately 7. 2 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL NO.14V) [Ignition switch OFF] ● 21 22 23 24 DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 0.1. EC-54 .000 rpm MBIB1298E 25 26 27 28 Y O GR V [Engine is running] EGR volume control valve ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed 0.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. 3 MBIB1297E Approximately 8.5 .14V (Voltage signals of each ECM terminals differ according to the control position of EGR volume control valve.) 0. 3 Fuel injector No.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. WIRE COLOR ITEM [Engine is running] 15 GR Intake air control valve control solenoid valve For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Engine is running] G P W W BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .1.5V NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No.

4 Fuel injector No.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.7V K [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL NO. 1 A C MBIB1297E D Approximately 8.3V H Approximately 3. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 40 41 42 43 W GR W B ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 7.000 rpm E F MBIB1298E 44 45 W Crankshaft position sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] W Camshaft position sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5. 4 Fuel injector No.9V M NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle MBIB0877E 47 R Camshaft position sensor Approximately 4.000 rpm L MBIB0880E [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 4.3V G [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 5.000 rpm MBIB0878E EC-55 .9V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.5V EC NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No.7V I NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle MBIB0879E 46 R Crankshaft position sensor J Approximately 3. 1 Fuel injector No.

5.3V 69 B Fuel pump temperature sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.2.3V (Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4.7 .0V Approximately 0.3V Approximately 0.3V 64 V Sensor power supply (Turbocharger boost sensor / Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.2.1 .3V 68 W Fuel rail pressure sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.000 rpm Fuel pump temperature sensor [Engine is running] Engine coolant temperature sensor [Engine is running] ● ● Warm-up condition Warm-up condition 2.3V 66 B Camshaft position sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V Output voltage varies with fuel pump temperature Approximately 0.7V [Engine is running] 54 G Mass air flow sensor ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed [Engine is running] 55 W Intake air temperature sensor ● Warm-up condition ● Engine is revving from idle to about 4.2.0 . [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition 1.2.5.000 rpm 2.3 .2V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature 63 R Fuel rail pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) [Engine is running] 48 49 50 51 L B Y SB ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Fuel rail pressure sensor 1.3V 65 B Crankshaft position sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.6V [Engine is running] 53 W Refrigerant pressure sensor ● Warm-up condition ● Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON (Compressor operates) [Ignition switch: ON] 1.3 .0V to Approximately 4.0 .000 rpm) Approximately 0.4V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.4.6 .3V 67 — Sensor ground (Sensor shield circuit) [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3 .000 rpm.2.5.3V EC-56 .3V 70 LG Engine coolant temperature sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL NO.0V 1.3 .6 .2.3V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature [Engine is running] 52 BR Turbocharger boost sensor ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed 2.

3V 82 W Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.2.6V Output voltage varies with the communication status.3V C 73 B Mass air flow sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.95 .3V 87 P CAN communication line [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.78V L More than 2. 71 WIRE COLOR L ITEM Turbocharger boost sensor ground CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 0.2V Output voltage varies with the communication status.3V M [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V [Ignition switch START] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .0.3V [Ignition switch ON] ● 90 W Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply CONSULT-II: Disconnected [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V .6 .3V A EC [Engine is running] 72 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor ground ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 0.3V E [Ignition switch ON] 83 R Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL NO.14V) 91 R Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 92 B Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground 95 L CAN communication line 99 V Start signal Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Stop lamp switch J K 0.1.6V G 84 B Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground 85 — Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.14V) ● V I [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch OFF] 100 H Approximately 5.3V 74 R Intake air temperature sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. 89 SB Data link connector [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.14V) .Battery voltage (11 .17V F [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.58 .0 .3V [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.3V [Ignition switch ON] ● D Brake pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch OFF] ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed EC-57 Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .3.

3V Approximately 0.14V) : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.14V) [Ignition switch ON] ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) [Ignition switch ON] ● ASCD steering switch: OFF [Ignition switch ON] ● 102 SB ASCD steering switch ON/OFF switch: Pressed [Ignition switch ON] ● CANCEL switch: Pressed [Ignition switch ON] ● RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed [Ignition switch ON] ● 103 B ASCD steering switch ground SET/COAST switch: Pressed [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch OFF] ● 105 BR ECM relay (self shut-off) For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch OFF] ● 107 108 R R Ignition switch More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch ON] 110 G (A/T) O (M/T) ● Park/Neutral position switch Shift lever: P or N (A/T).3V Approximately 0.3V Approximately 1.0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .14V) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .3V Approximately 3. Neutral (M/T) [Ignition switch ON] ● Except the above position [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch OFF] ● 113 BR ECM relay (self shut-off) For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch OFF] ● 114 B ECM ground More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Engine is running] ● Idle speed Approximately 0V Approximately 4. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) [Ignition switch ON] 101 W ● Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released (M/T) ASCD brake switch BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .) EC-58 .14V) Approximately 0V 119 120 R G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .3V Approximately 1.14V) Approximately 1.3V Approximately 2.14V) 121 V Power supply for ECM (Back-up) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL NO.

● Diagnostic trouble codes ● Freeze frame data F G H I J K L M EC-59 .* Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. Active test Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. EC C D E *: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. ECM part number ECM part number can be read.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE) EBS01KD1 A FUNCTION Diagnostic test mode Function Work support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-II unit. CAN diagnostic support monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance. Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTC and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE SELF-DIAG RESULTS ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS Item INPUT DTC Crankshaft position sensor × × × Camshaft position sensor × Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × Vehicle speed signal × × × Fuel pump temperature sensor × × Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 × × Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 × × Fuel rail pressure sensor × × Mass air flow sensor × × Intake air temperature sensor × Turbocharger boost sensor × × ACTIVE TEST × × × Refrigerant pressure sensor × Battery voltage × Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × Heat up switch × Stop lamp switch × × Barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) × × ASCD steering switch × × ASCD brake switch × × ASCD clutch switch × × Fuel pump × × × Fuel injector × × × × × × × × × Glow relay OUTPUT DATA MONITOR FREEZE FRAME DATA Cooling fan relay × Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve × Intake air control valve control solenoid valve EGR volume control valve X: Applicable EC-60 .

Turn ignition switch OFF. EC 1. C 3. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure. malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data link connector. I J K L BCIA0030E M 6. "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" . go to GI-50. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”. If “ENGINE” is not indicated. 2. F G H BCIA0029E 5. D E BBIA0538E 4. BCIA0031E EC-61 .TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS INSPECTION PROCEDURE A CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER. which is located under LH dash panel near the hood opener handle. Turn ignition switch ON. see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual. For further information. Touch “ENGINE”.

"INDEX FOR DTC" . Before changing injector adjustment value stored in ECM. EC-62 . ECM enters failsafe mode. Injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS WORK SUPPORT MODE Work Item WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION USAGE ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA ● Injector adjustment value is written onto ECM memory. ● The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. INT MANI PRES [kPa] ● The intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. ● INJ ADJ VAL CLR ● For ASCD: ASCD MAIN switch is pressed. When performing Injector Adjustment Value Registration. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed. ● The vehicle speed computed form the vehicle speed signal is displayed. NOTE: After the status is initialized. it is displayed as “PXXXX”. This signal is converted by ECM internally. (Refer to EC-6. these differ from ECM terminals voltage. it is recommended to perform this work item. ECM recognizes ASCD application status when the following condition is met. SPECIFICATION When the engine coolant temperature circuit is open or short. Thus. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE Self Diagnostic Item Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. COOLAN TEMP/S [°C] or [°F] × × VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph] × × FUEL TEMP SEN [°C] or [°F] × × ACCEL POS SEN [V] × × ● The accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage is displayed. VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] ● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. CONFIG CLR ● ASCD application status stored in ECM is initialized. When initializing ASCD application status stored in ECM.) CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. these differ from ECM terminals voltage. This signal is converted by ECM internally. "INDEX FOR DTC" . ● The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel pump temperature sensor) is displayed. ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × × ● The accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage is displayed. DATA MONITOR MODE MONITOR ITEM CKPS·RPM (TDC) [rpm] ECM INPUT SIGNAL MAIN SIGNALS × × CONDITION ● The engine speed computed from the crankshaft position sensor signal is displayed. Thus. ENGINE SPEED [rpm] ● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] ● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. Freeze Frame Data Freeze frame data item Description DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX] ● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code. refer to — EC-6.

LOW . ● The intake air volume computed from the mass air flow sensor signal is displayed. START SIGNAL [ON/OFF] × × ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the starter signal. ● AIR COND SIG [ON/OFF] × × Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. Thus. × EGR VOL CON/V [step] INT/A VOLUME [mg/] BARO SEN [kPa] × × EC-63 EC C D E H This signal is converted by ECM internally. Operates at high speed OFF . F ● BRAKE SW2 [ON/OFF] × × Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the ASCD brake switch and ASCD clutch switch signal. ● The opening becomes larger as the value increases. G IGN SW [ON/OFF] × WARM UP SW [ON/OFF] × MAS AIR/FL SE [V] × × × MAIN INJ WID [msec] × PUMP CURRENT [mA] × ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch signal... ● Indicates the control condition of the cooling fans (determined by ECM according to the input signal).. BRAKE SW [ON/OFF] × × ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. ● The barometric pressure (determined by the signal voltage from the absolute pressure sensor built into the ECM) is displayed. ● Indicates the fuel pump power supply current from the ECM. Stopped × GLOW RLY [ON/OFF] COOLING FAN [LOW/HI/OFF] × ● Indicates the EGR volume control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. I J K L M . these differ from ECM terminals voltage. ● The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. × × ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position switch signal. × ● The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed... Operates at low speed HI .TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ECM INPUT SIGNAL MAIN SIGNALS ACT CR PRESS [MPa] × × BATTERY VOLT [V] × P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF] MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION A ● The Fuel rail pressure (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed. ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from heat up switch signal. ● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals. ● The glow relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is displayed..

. 1 . ● Engine: Return to the original trouble condition ● Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-II.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ECM INPUT SIGNAL MONITOR ITEM MAIN SIGNALS CONDITION ● Turbocharger boost (determined by the signal voltage from the turbocharger boost sensor) is displayed.. frequency.3 is injected. INT/M PRES SE [kPa] CYL COUNT [1/2/3/4] SET SW [ON/OFF] × ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST switch signal. ACTIVE TEST MODE TEST ITEM POWER BALANCE COOLING FAN * ENG COOLANT TEMP CONDITION ● Engine: After warming up. idle the engine. 4 . HI speed and turn OFF using CONSULT-II. DUTY-HI DUTY-LOW PLS WIDTH-HI Only “#” is displayed if item is unable to be measured.. 3 . Cylinder No. ● The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed.2 is injected. Cylinder No. duty cycle or pulse width measured by the probe. ● A/C switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). ASCD APPLY [YES/NO] VDC APPLY [YES/NO] AC PRESS SEN [V] SPECIFICATION Voltage [V] Frequency [msec]. Cylinder No. [Hz] or [%] PLS WIDTH-LOW NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. ● The cylinder being injected is displayed. They are the same figures as an actual piece of data which was just previously measured..4 is injected. see CHECK ITEM.1 is injected. CANCEL SW [ON/OFF] × ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal. 2 . [Hz] or [%] Voltage. Neutral (M/T) ● Cut off each injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-II ● Ignition switch: ON ● Operate the cooling fan at LOW.. HI speed and stops.. EC-64 CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) ● Harness and connectors ● Compression ● Fuel injector ● Harness and connector ● Cooling fan motor ● Cooling fan relay ● Harness and connectors ● Engine coolant temperature sensor ● Fuel injector . Cooling fan moves at LOW. RESUME/ACC SW [ON/OFF] × ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCEL switch signal.. JUDGEMENT Engine runs rough or dies.. ● Displaying ASCD application status stored in ECM. Figures with “#”s are temporary ones. ● Displaying ESP application status stored in ECM. MAIN SW [ON/OFF] × ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal. If trouble symptom disappears. Cylinder No.

xx%”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL. Use these triggers as follows: 1. The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and “Recording Speed”. especially in case the incident is intermittent. 2.. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger): – DTC will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detected by ECM. 1. “MONITOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data . “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. ● Ignition switch: ON ● Change EGR volume control valve opening step using CONSULT-II.. 2. JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) A Glow relay makes the operating sound. – While narrowing down the possible causes. ● Harness and connector ● EGR volume control valve ● Fuel line ● Fuel pressure relief valve ● Ignition switch: ON ● Change fuel rail pressure using CONSULT-II ● This mode is used for performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. In other words. components and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TEST ITEM GLOW RLY EGR VOL CONT/ V PRES REGULATOR PUMP LEANT CLEAR CONDITION ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) ● Turn the glow relay ON and OFF using CONSULT-II and listen to operating sound. Fuel leaks. When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors.. EC C D E *: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-II while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”. “AUTO TRIG” – While trying to detect the DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure. REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. “MANU TRIG” EC-65 F G H I J K L M . “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger): – The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in real time. the moment a malfunction is found the DTC will be displayed. Refer to EC-24. "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" . xx%” as shown in the figure. At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . Refer to GI-24. DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected. be sure to select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it SEF707X is detected. DTC will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM. ● Harness and connector ● Glow relay EGR volume control valve makes an operating sound. CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. “REALPBIB0480E TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed. If “STOP” is touched on the screen during “ Recording Data .. Then when the percentage reached 100%.

87V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.48V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2. ● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS – If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected.14V . such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition. The data can be utilized for further diagnosis.000 rpm 40 .0V ● Engine: After warming up Idle 25 . Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F) ● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer indication Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication ● Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F) ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.0. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION CKPS-RPM (TDC) COOLAN TEMP/S VHCL SPEED SE FUEL TEMP SEN ACCEL POS SEN* ACCEL SEN 2* ACT CR PRESS BATTERY VOLT SPECIFICATION ● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication. Neutral (M/T) 2.3V ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.50 MPa ● No load ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) EC-66 11 . SEF720X FUNCTION TEST This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance. CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KD2 Remarks: ● Specification data are reference values.35 MPa ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T).28 . reset CONSULT-II to “MANU TRIG”.0. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.65 .

1.80 msec Idle 1.1.50 .3 .70 msec ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). idle the engine EC-67 150 . Neutral (M/T) ● No load ● Engine: After warming up.000 rpm. Neutral (M/T) ● No load Engine: After warming up.200 rpm 0 step ● Engine: After warming up ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). ● Engine: After warming up No load 0. idle the engine ● Air conditioner switch: OFF F G H I J K L M Refer to EC-295.7V ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). Neutral (M/T) 1.000 rpm) ● No load Engine is revving from idle to about 4. Neutral (M/T) Blower fan switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: ON 0. ● D ON → OFF Heat up switch: OFF Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Idle speed C E Engine: After warming up ● EC OFF ● COOLING FAN EGR VOL CON/V Ignition switch: ON SPECIFICATION Engine coolant temperature: 97°C (207°F) or less OFF Engine coolant temperature: Between 98°C (208°F) and 104°C (219°F) LOW Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more HI After 1 minute at idle More than 10 steps Revving engine from idle to 3.500 .TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS MONITOR ITEM P/N POSI SW START SIGNAL AIR COND SIG BRAKE SW BRAKE SW2 IGN SW WARM UP SW MAS AIR/FL SE* MAIN INJ WID PUMP CURRENT GLOW RLY CONDITION ● ● ● ● ● ● ● INT/A VOLUME ON Except above OFF Ignition switch: ON → START → ON Engine: After warming up.7V to Approximately 4.000 rpm 1.0V (Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4.450 mg/ .2.900 mA ● Engine: After warming up ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T).4V ● Air conditioner switch: OFF Idle 1.000 mA 2.3 .0.) ON Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON ● Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released (M/T) ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) Ignition switch: ON → OFF Ignition switch: ON A Shift lever: P or N (A/T). idle the engine Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON OFF → ON → OFF Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.50 .0. "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .1.600 . Neutral (M/T) ON OFF Heat up switch: ON ON Approximately 0.

500 m: Approx.000 m: Approx.4.00 kPa ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T).59 psi) Approx.8895 bar. 1. 1. 83.36 kPa (0.0 .0062 bar. 78.62 kPa (1.90 psi) Approx.907 kg/cm2 .000 rpm Approx. EC-68 . 0m: Approx. 12. 12.026 kg/cm2 . 100.600 rpm Approx. 100.00 kPa ● No load CYL COUNT ● Engine is running SET SW ● Ignition switch: ON INT/M PRES SE [kPa] RESUME/ACC SW ● Ignition switch: ON 1→3→4→2 SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON SET/COAST switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN switch: Released OFF Models with ASCD YES Models without ASCD NO CANCEL SW ● MAIN SW ● ASCD APPLY ● VDC APPLY ● Ignition switch: ON ● Engine: Idle ● Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) AC PRESS SEN Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON NO 1. 11. Thus. 88.0V NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. it differs from ECM terminal voltage. 135. 140.8316 bar.7836 bar.00 kPa ● Air conditioner switch: OFF 3.16 Ignition switch: ON kPa (0.799 kg/cm2 . 0. 1. 0. *: This signal is converted by ECM internally.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION Altitude Approx. 0.000 m: Approx. Neutral (M/T) 4. 14.848 kg/cm2 . 2.36 psi) ● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx.95 BARO SEN ● kPa (0.06 psi) Approx.

000 rpm under no load after warming up engine to the normal operating temperature.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KD3 A The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Each value is for reference. “MAS AIR/FL SE” Below is the data for “ACCEL POS SEN”. the exact value may vary. ACCEL POS SEN. “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” and “MAS AIR/FL SE” when revving engine EC quickly up to 3. C D E F G H I J K L M SEF321Y EC-69 . “CKPS·RPM (TDC)”.

Refer to EC-78. 2. INSPECTION START Erase DTCs. III The symptom described by the customer does not recur. Refer to EC-27. NG >> Repair or replace. EC-70 . "Ground Inspection" . the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns to normal without intervention). OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace. COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENT REPORT SITUATIONS STEP in Work Flow Situation II The CONSULT-II is used. "HOW TO ERASE DTC" . Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KD5 1. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT Perform GI-24. IV DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Description PFP:00006 EBS01KD4 Intermittent incidents may occur. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0”. the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear. "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Because of this. It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. In many cases. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. 3. Therefore. “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”. >> GO TO 2.

14V) J Approximately 0V 119 120 R G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .14V) G H Approximately 1.0V F BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . 1 2 3 WIRE COLOR B B B ITEM ECM ground CONDITION [Engine is running] ● Idle speed [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch OFF] ● 105 BR ECM relay (self shut-off) For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch OFF] ● 107 108 R R Ignition switch More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch OFF] ● 113 BR ECM relay (self shut-off) For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch OFF] ● 114 B ECM ground More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Engine is running] ● Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 0V C D E Approximately 1.POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ECM Terminals and Reference Value PFP:24110 A EBS01KD6 Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. EC CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.14V) K L M EC-71 .14V) 121 V Power supply for ECM (Back-up) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . Use a ground other than ECM terminals. TERMINAL NO. such as the ground.0V I BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram EBS01KD7 MBWA1034E EC-72 .

● Harness connectors M91. F G MBIB0610E 3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 107. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. No >> GO TO 2. EC C 2.POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KD8 1. E Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. INSPECTION START A Start engine. I J K L M EC-73 . NG >> GO TO 3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 7. 2. 108 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. D Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. E101 ● Fuse block (J/B) connector M88 ● 10A fuse ● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse >> Repair harness or connectors.

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram. "Ground Inspection" . ● Harness connectors F4. Body ground E41 4. MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1. Continuity should exist. NG >> GO TO 6. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. ECM 3. 3. 5. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. Also check harness for short to power. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. Body ground E21 2. 2. EC-74 .POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT 4. 3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-I 1. 114 and ground. E9 ● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 6. Refer to EC-78. Disconnect ECM harness connector. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1. 2.

K L M 4. 113 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. 2. battery voltage will exist for a few seconds. Refer to Wiring Diagram. 3. 120 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12.)>>GO TO 10. NG (Battery voltage does not exist. NG >> GO TO 10. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. and wait at least 10 seconds. NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds. Voltage: EC C After turning ignition switch OFF. Continuity should exist. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and IPDM E/R terminal 3. 4. F Turn ignition switch OFF. I MBIB1236E J 9. D E PBIB1630E 8. Reconnect ECM harness connector.)>>GO TO 8. G Voltage: Battery voltage H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12. ECM terminal 120 and IPDM E/R terminal 4. then drop approximately 0V. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. Check voltage between ECM terminals 105.POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT 7. 2. A Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. EC-75 .

NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. NG >> GO TO 12. Disconnect ECM harness connector. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. 2. NG >> Replace 20A fuse. Disconnect 20A fuse from IPDM E/R. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC-76 . 113 and IPDM E/R terminal 7. CHECK 20A FUSE 1. 3. 11. Continuity should exist. Check 20A fuse. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11.POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT 10. MBIB0026E 12. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 105. 2. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12. 4.

CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-II 1. Refer to EC-78. Also check harness for short to power. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II 1. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. K 15. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. Harness connectors F4. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. NG >> GO TO 15. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. 16. I J 2. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. 3. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F G H 14. Continuity should exist. E9 ● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground M ● >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 2. EC-77 . 2. "Ground Inspection" . A/C high-pressure service valve 5. Body ground E21 2. A Turn ignition switch OFF. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L Check the following. Refer to Wiring Diagram. ECM 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 114 and ground. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1.POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT 13. Body ground E41 4. EC C D E MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1.

there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: ● Remove the ground bolt or screw. Even when the ground connection looks clean. rust.POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Ground Inspection EBS01KD9 Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. dirt and other corrosive elements. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. ● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal. check for proper crimps. Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. etc. ● Clean as required to assure good contact. dirt. PBIB1870E EC-78 . A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. ● Reinstall bolt or screw securely. ● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish. refer to PG-27. ● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit. The corrosion (rust) can become an unwanted resistance. If multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation. Make sure all of the wires are clean. securely fastened and providing a good ground path. "Ground Distribution" . A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Ground connections are often exposed to moisture. For detailed ground distribution information.

I J K SEF817Y L M EC-79 . always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description PFP:23710 A EBS01KDA CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. go to EC-81. 2. and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). Many elec. If DTC is detected. On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KDB D The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. ECM can not communicate for more than the specified time. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition ● U1000 1000 CAN communication line ● ECM can not communicate to other control unit. F Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. DTC No. "Diagnostic Procedure" . In CAN communication. 3. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause E ● Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) EBS01KDC NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.EC tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. G H WITH CONSULT-II 1.

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Wiring Diagram EBS01KDD MBWA1035E EC-80 .

A EC C D E F G H I J K L M EC-81 .DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KDE Go to LAN-3. "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .

P0016 0016 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Crankshaft position camshaft position correlation The correlation between crankshaft position sensor signal and camshaft position sensor signal is out of the normal range. "DTC P0652. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-175. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. go to EC-82.CMP CORRELATION DTC P0016 CKP . If DTC is detected. "Diagnostic Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. 2. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KDH 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.CMP CORRELATION On Board Diagnosis Logic PFP:10328 EBS01KDF The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. "Diagnostic Procedure" . NOTE: If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. CHECK SPROCKET Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate or replace sprocket. WITH CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 4. If DTC is detected. 2.DTC P0016 CKP . go to EC-82. 4. "Component Inspection" . Refer to EC-227. EC-82 . Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. 2. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. Possible cause ● Camshaft position sensor ● Crankshaft position sensor ● Timing chain ● Signal plate DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KDG NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. 3. DTC No. Turn ignition switch OFF. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

H >> INSPECTION END I J K L M EC-83 . CHECK GEAR TOOTH C Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. D 5. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4.DTC P0016 CKP . "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. NG >> Replace timing chain. CHECK TIMING CHAIN E Refer to EM-73. F G 6. EC 4.CMP CORRELATION 3. NG >> Replace the signal plate. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A Refer to EC-164. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. "PRIMARY TIMING CHAIN" . "SECONDARY TIMING CHAIN" and EM-79. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6.

always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. 3. NG >> Replace fuel injector. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. NG >> Replace fuel rail.DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic PFP:17520 EBS01KDI NOTE: If DTC P0088 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KDK 1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. 2. 2. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause ● Fuel pump ● Fuel injector ● Fuel rail pressure sensor EBS01KDJ NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. "Component Inspection" . EC-84 . 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . 4. "Component Inspection" . CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-122. go to EC-84. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. go to EC-84. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.000 rpm for at least 20 seconds. "Diagnostic Procedure" . "DTC P0652. If DTC is detected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Keep engine speed more than 2.000 rpm for at least 20 seconds. WITH CONSULT-II 1. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Refer to EC-227. DTC No. 4. P0088 0088 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel rail pressure too high DTC detecting condition Fuel pressure is too much higher than the specified value. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EC-130. 5. Keep engine speed more than 2. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected.

REPLACE FUEL PUMP 1. 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Refer to EC-24. D >> INSPECTION END E 5. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" . Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. EC 4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. "FUEL PUMP" .DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM 3. F >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation EBS01KDL FUEL INJECTOR G Refer to EM-44. H FUEL PUMP Refer to EM-49. "Component Inspection" . I J K L M EC-85 . C Replace fuel pump. NG >> GO TO 4. CHECK FUEL PUMP A Refer to EC-221.

3. P0089 0089 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel pump performance DTC detecting condition Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value. "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. "Diagnostic Procedure" . 2. 3. go to EC-87. If DTC is detected. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. If DTC is detected. 5. WITH CONSULT-II 1. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. 4. 2. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. EC-86 . Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Refer to EC-227. DTC No. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. 4. "DTC P0652.DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP On Board Diagnosis Logic PFP:16700 EBS01KDM The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. NOTE: If DTC P0089 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. go to EC-87. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause ● Fuel pump ● Air mixed with fuel ● Lack of fuel ● Fuel rail pressure sensor EBS01KDN NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted.

EC-87 . Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-II. again. 4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-24. Turn ignition switch ON. C 2. M 4. With CONSULT-II 1. NG >> GO TO 4. again. No >> INSPECTION END 2. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. REPLACE FUEL PUMP 1. "Component Inspection" .: caused by lack of fuel). CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. Touch “ERASE”. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation EBS01KDP FUEL PUMP Refer to EM-49. Refer to EC-27 . E 7. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . Replace Fuel pump. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING A NOTE: If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i. Perform EC-86. Perform EC-86. 6. F G H I J K 3. Is DTC detected again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. >> INSPECTION END 5. D 4. Refer to EC-24. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . it may become normal by EC performing following procedure. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. 3. "FUEL PUMP" . Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 6. 5. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . 5. 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5.DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KDO 1. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-122. NG >> Replace fuel rail. 3. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Is DTC detected again? Without CONSULT-II 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. CHECK FUEL PUMP L Refer to EC-221.e. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . "Component Inspection" . 2. Refer to EC-24. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Turn ignition switch ON.

Turn ignition switch ON. 3. "Diagnostic Procedure" . "DTC P0652. 4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4.DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic PFP:17520 EBS01KDQ NOTE: If DTC P0093 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. If DTC is detected. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. Refer to EC-227. WITH CONSULT-II 1. go to EC-89. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.) Possible cause ● Fuel pump ● Fuel rail ● Fuel pipe ● Fuel rail pressure relief valve ● Air mixed with fuel ● Lack of fuel DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KDR NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted.000 rpm for at least 5 seconds. 2. "Diagnostic Procedure" . go to EC-89. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. DTC No. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. If DTC is detected. (The relation between the output voltage to the fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail pressure sensor is out of the normal range. 2.000 rpm for at least 5 seconds. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . EC-88 . 4. P0093 0093 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel system leak DTC detecting condition ECM detects a fuel system leak.

Touch “ERASE”. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-II. NG >> Repair or replace. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. 2. NG >> Repair malfunctioning part. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING A NOTE: If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.: caused by lack of fuel). NG >> Replace fuel rail. again. Turn ignition switch ON. Is DTC detected again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. CHECK FUEL LINE FOR LEAK 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. Perform EC-88. "Component Inspection" . Perform EC-88. Is DTC detected again? Without CONSULT-II 1. 6. 2. D 4. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-90. 3. Visually check the following for fuel leak. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. E 7. Refer to EC-24. Refer to EC-24. With CONSULT-II 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. again. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 3. 4. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . – Fuel tube from fuel pump to fuel rail – Fuel rail – Fuel tube from fuel rail to fuel injector 3. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Also check for improper connection or pinches. Refer to EC-27 . Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. 5. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. it may become normal by EC performing following procedure. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . C 2. 4. 6. EC-89 F G H I J K L M . 5. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.e. Start engine. No >> INSPECTION END 2.DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KDS 1.

Raise fuel pressure to 180 MPa with touching “UP” or “Qu” on the CONSULT-II screen. 4. 2. ensure to keep engine mount insulator clear of fuel. 7. 4. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve. 5. Select “PRES REGULATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST MODE” with CONSULT-II. ● Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF. 1. Especially. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. ● Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KDT FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE With CONSULT-II WARNING: ● Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. stop the engine immediately. 8. 2. stop the engine immediately. ● If the fuel comes out. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose. ● If the fuel comes out. REPLACE FUEL PUMP 1.000 rpm for at least 5 seconds. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pressure relief valve.DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM 5. 3. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Replace fuel pump. 6. Especially. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . Start engine and keep engine speed 2. EC-90 PBIB1941E . Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pressure relief valve. WARNING: ● Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine compartment. Refer to EC-24. WARNING: ● Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine compartment. 2. PBIB1941E 5. ensure to keep engine mount insulator clear of fuel. PBIB0587E Without CONSULT-II WARNING: ● Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.000 rpm. 1.

"FUEL PUMP" . C D E F G H I J K L M EC-91 . FUEL PUMP EC Refer to EM-49.DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM Removal and Installation EBS01KDU A FUEL RAIL Refer to EM-44. "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.0V 1.3 .2. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION ● Engine: After warming up ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). it differs from ECM terminal voltage. Thus. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. and are measured between each terminal and ground. The more air.7V Engine is revving from idle to about 4.0V to Approximately 4.DTC P0102. TERMINAL NO.1. Neutral (M/T) MAS AIR/FL SE* ● No load SPECIFICATION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approximately 0.3V (Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4.3V Approximately 0.2. 1. P0103 MAF SENSOR DTC P0102. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage) CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0. P0103 MAF SENSOR Component Description PFP:22680 EBS01KDV The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases.7V to Approximately 4. Therefore.7V [Engine is running] 54 G Mass air flow sensor ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine is revving from idle to about 4.6 . the greater the heat loss. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.6 .000 rpm) [Engine is running] 67 73 — Sensor ground (Sensor shield circuit) B Mass air flow sensor ground ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed [Ignition switch ON] EC-92 Approximately 0.0V (Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4.000 rpm. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it.000 rpm) *: This signal is converted by ECM internally. 1. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.000 rpm.1.3V . PBIA9559J CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KDW Specification data are reference values. ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KDX Specification data are reference values. such as the ground.4V Idle 1.3 .

14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . DTC No. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. 4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.0V C BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .DTC P0102. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 2. 4. P0103 0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. 2.) F ● Mass air flow sensor G EBS01KDZ NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. go to EC-95. If DTC is detected.14V) [Ignition switch ON] D On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KDY E The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses. EC-93 . Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 3. go to EC-95. P0103 MAF SENSOR TERMINAL NO. "Diagnostic Procedure" . J K L SEF817Y M WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH CONSULT-II 1. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage) CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch OFF] ● 105 113 BR BR ECM relay (self shutoff) [Ignition switch OFF] ● 119 120 R G Power supply for ECM For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF A EC Approximately 1. Wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected. H I Turn ignition switch ON. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0102 0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.

P0103 MAF SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KE0 MBWA1036E EC-94 .DTC P0102.

CHECK MAFS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I 1. Refer to EC-78. "Ground Inspection" . Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. 2. M Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. J K L MBIB1200E 3. PBIB1597E EC-95 . Body ground E21 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. ECM 3.DTC P0102. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. A Turn ignition switch OFF. – : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. NG >> GO TO 3. Body ground E41 4. P0103 MAF SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KE1 1. EC C D E MBIB1218E F : Vehicle front 1. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. H 2. Body ground E61 G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2.

>> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KE2 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR With CONSULT-II 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. Refer to Wiring Diagram. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 73. 3. Continuity should exist. 6. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 54. 7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. F4 ● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor ● Harness for open or short between ECM and mass air flow sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. CHECK MAFS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. EC-96 . "Component Inspection" . 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK MAFS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. ● Harness connectors E9.DTC P0102. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-96. Connect CONSULT-II and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. 2. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. P0103 MAF SENSOR 3. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Continuity should exist. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 2.

) Approx. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor.3 . Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Perform step 2 to 4 again.6 . Turn ignition switch OFF. proceed the following. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 2. If NG. 9.2.0 Idle to about 4.) Approx.6 . a.0* C *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4. 0. MBIB1240E 5. 3. Select “MAS AIR/FL SE” and check indication under the following conditions. clean or replace mass air flow sensor.000 rpm. 7. a. ● Crushed air ducts ● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element ● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element ● Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG. repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again. proceed the following. ● Crushed air ducts ● Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element ● Uneven dirt of air cleaner element ● Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG. Condition MAS AIR/FL SE (V) Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped. EC-97 . If NG. go to next step. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Removal and Installation M EBS01KE3 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-15.7 Idle to about 4. 5. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.7 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. SEF865T 4. go to next step.) 1.2. If OK. If the voltage is out of specification. 6. Refer to following.000 rpm A EC 1. Refer to following. D E F G H Without CONSULT-II 1. 7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 54 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground.) 1.7 to Approx. Perform step 2 and 3 again. 6. clean or replace mass air flow sensor.1. b. repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.000 rpm.000 rpm K 1. 8.DTC P0102.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature. 0.3* L *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4. If the voltage is out of specification.1. b. If OK. I J Condition Voltage V Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped. 8.3 . "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .0 to Approx. P0103 MAF SENSOR 4.

go to EC-101.0.800 . Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. EC-98 . SEF012P On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KE5 The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. P0113 IAT SENSOR Component Description PFP:22630 EBS01KE4 The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor (1). 4.359 *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 55 (Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise. P0113 0113 Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. PBIA9559J <Reference data> Intake air temperature °C (°F) Voltage* V Resistance kΩ 25 (77) 2. 3. If DTC is detected. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.8 0. DTC No. 2. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.200 80 (176) 0. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature.) ● Intake air temperature sensor EBS01KE6 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. Wait at least 5 seconds.4 1. "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH CONSULT-II 1. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0112 0112 Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. such as the ground.DTC P0112. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.283 .2. Turn ignition switch ON. P0113 IAT SENSOR DTC P0112.

3. "Diagnostic Procedure" . go to EC-101. P0113 IAT SENSOR 2.DTC P0112. A EC C D E F G H I J K L M EC-99 . Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. If DTC is detected. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4.

P0113 IAT SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KE7 MBWA1037E EC-100 .DTC P0112.

M Voltage: Approximately 5. 2. Refer to EC-78. 2. – : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. P0113 IAT SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KE8 1. H 2. Body ground E21 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. Body ground E41 4. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. A Turn ignition switch OFF. PBIB2176E EC-101 . "Ground Inspection" .DTC P0112. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor is built-into) (1) harness connector. I J K L MBIB1200E 3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. ECM 3. EC C D E MBIB1218E F : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E61 G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. A/C high-pressure service valve 5.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. 2. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Disconnect ECM harness connector.800 . replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Turn ignition switch OFF. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. 3. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 4. "Component Inspection" . CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-102. 2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. Continuity should exist. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KE9 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 5. Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ 25 (77) 1. 4. EC-102 .2. PBIA9559J SEF012P Removal and Installation EBS01KEA MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-15. P0113 IAT SENSOR 3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 74. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1.DTC P0112. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .200 If NG.

6 0. "Diagnostic Procedure" . DTC No.2. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0117 0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. EC C D SEF594K E <Reference data> Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) −10 (14) 4. On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KEC I J The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses. SEF012P CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.1. WITH CONSULT-II 1.236 . DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause K ● Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.0 . 3. such as the ground. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature.) ● Engine coolant temperature sensor EBS01KED NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted.00 90 (194) 1. go to EC-106.4 20 (68) 3. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.9 50 (122) 2. P0118 ECT SENSOR DTC P0117.68 . The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. P0118 ECT SENSOR Description PFP:22630 A EBS01KEB The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature.0. Wait at least 5 seconds. P0118 0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.260 F G H *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.11. L Turn ignition switch ON. If DTC is detected. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.1 . SEF817Y EC-103 M .DTC P0117.8 2. 4. 2.7 7.3 0. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

P0118 ECT SENSOR WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. If DTC is detected. 4.DTC P0117. "Diagnostic Procedure" . go to EC-106. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Turn ignition switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. EC-104 . Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. 3. 2.

DTC P0117. P0118 ECT SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KEE A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1038E EC-105 .

"Ground Inspection" . Body ground E21 2. – 2.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Voltage: Approximately 5. ECM 3. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-78. SEF193Z EC-106 . 2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. P0118 ECT SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KEF 1. Body ground E41 4. MBIB1230E 3. – : Vehicle front EGR volume control valve (2) Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1.DTC P0117. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to EC-70.DTC P0117.1. "CYLINDER HEAD" . EC-107 . CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR E Refer to EC-107. 3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. replace engine coolant temperature sensor. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.1 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .9 50 (122) 0. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ 20 (68) 2.00 90 (194) 0.260 If NG. P0118 ECT SENSOR 3. 2. "Component Inspection" . H >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KEG ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. F 5.0. EC Continuity should exist. I Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.236 . D 4. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. C 4. SEF012P Removal and Installation EBS01KEH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-92.68 . Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 70. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J K L PBIB2005E <Reference data> 2.

28 .95 .3V Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.87V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4. PBIB1741E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KEJ Specification data are reference values.0V *: This signal is converted by ECM internally. P0123 APP SENSOR DTC P0122.0. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.1. TERMINAL NO. it differs from ECM terminal voltage. 82 WIRE COLOR W ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5. Thus.3V 90 W Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. such as the ground. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM.48V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2. P0123 APP SENSOR Description PFP:18002 EBS01KEI The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly.3V 85 — Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.65 .3V EC-108 .3V [Ignition switch ON] 83 R Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ● Engine stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.17V [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.0.6V 84 B Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.DTC P0122. ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KEK Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. MONITOR ITEM ACCEL POS SEN* ACCEL SEN 2* CONDITION ● ● SPECIFICATION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.

4.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) G H EBS01KEM NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. If DTC is detected. Wait at least 5 seconds.58 . Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. EC-109 . 3. "Diagnostic Procedure" . P0123 0123 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.3V C Approximately 0. P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . E I J Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage) CONDITION A [Ignition switch ON] 91 92 R B Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground ● Engine stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released EC 0. If DTC is detected. P0123 APP SENSOR TERMINAL NO. K L M SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or P0643. "Diagnostic Procedure" . DTC Confirmation Procedure F Possible cause ● ● Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted. go to EC-111. Refer to EC-222.78V [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed [Ignition switch ON] More than 2. go to EC-111. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.DTC P0122.0. Turn ignition switch OFF. DTC No. WITH CONSULT-II 1. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0122 0122 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. 2. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.3V D On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KEL The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. "DTC P0642. NOTE: If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643. 3. 4.

P0123 APP SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KEN MBWA1039E EC-110 .DTC P0122.

DTC P0122. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. P0123 APP SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KEO 1. I Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC C D E MBIB1218E F : Vehicle front 1. 2. H 2. J K L MBIB1201E 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Body ground E61 G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. A Turn ignition switch OFF. PBIB2608E EC-111 . Refer to EC-78. "Ground Inspection" . Turn ignition switch ON. Body ground E41 4. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Body ground E21 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. ECM 3. M Voltage: Approximately 5. A/C high-pressure service valve 5.

17V Fully depressed More than 4. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5.0.78V Fully depressed More than 2. NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch ON. CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-112. Turn ignition switch OFF. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Continuity should exist. 2. 5. replace accelerator pedal assembly. "Component Inspection" .95 . 2. 6. Removal and Installation EBS01KEQ ACCELERATOR PEDAL Refer to ACC-2.3V 91 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Disconnect ECM harness connector.1.6V Fully released 0. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.58 . 2. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . 4.DTC P0122. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Continuity should exist. 3. 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 84. EC-112 . Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 83 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. P0123 APP SENSOR 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KEP ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" . Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 3. MBIB0615E If NG.

Trouble diagnosis name J Approximately 0. EC C D MBIB1389E E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KES Specification data are reference values. EC-113 Possible cause ● ● Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted. P0183 0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. such as the ground. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. TERMINAL NO.3V On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No.3 .) Fuel pump temperature sensor L M .5. P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR Description PFP:16700 A EBS01KER Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) is built in the fuel pump (2). 50 WIRE COLOR Y ITEM Fuel pump temperature sensor B Fuel pump temperature sensor ground Warm-up condition [Ignition switch ON] K EBS01KEU The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature. P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR DTC P0182.DTC P0182.3V Output voltage varies with fuel pump temperature [Engine is running] ● 69 DATA (DC Voltage) CONDITION G DTC detecting condition P0182 0182 Fuel pump temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. MONITOR ITEM FUEL TEMP SEN CONDITION ● F SPECIFICATION Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F) ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KET Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. H I Approximately 0.

If DTC is detected. P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KEV NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. go to EC-116. If DTC is detected. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. 4. 4. go to EC-116. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. 2. "Diagnostic Procedure" EC-114 . WITH CONSULT-II 1. Wait at least 5 seconds. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.DTC P0182. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KEW A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1040E EC-115 .DTC P0182.

Disconnect fuel pump temperature sensor (1) harness connector. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. Voltage: Approximately 5. CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Fuel pump (2) Turn ignition switch ON. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Body ground E21 2.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. – 2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. MBIB1389E 3. Body ground E41 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1. ECM 3. 2. PBIB2651E EC-116 . Refer to EC-78. NG >> Repair harness or connectors. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KEX 1. "Ground Inspection" .DTC P0182.

NG >> Repair or replace. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. D 4. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . 2. A Turn ignition switch OFF. >> INSPECTION END I Removal and Installation EBS01KEY FUEL PUMP Refer to EM-49. "FUEL PUMP" . REPLACE FUEL PUMP G 1. J K L M EC-117 . CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E Refer to EC-70. P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR 3. EC Continuity should exist. H Replace fuel pump. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.DTC P0182. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69. Disconnect ECM harness connector. C 4. F 5.

3V 63 R Fuel rail pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.7 . EC-118 Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted. P0193 FRP SENSOR DTC P0192.3V On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KF2 The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.DTC P0192.3V 68 W Fuel rail pressure sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . The sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. the voltage rises.35 MPa 2. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. TERMINAL NO. P0193 FRP SENSOR Description PFP:16638 EBS01KEZ The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. Neutral (M/T) ● No load ACT CR PRESS SPECIFICATOIN Idle 25 . DTC No. "DTC P0652.000 rpm 40 . NOTE: If DTC P0192 or P0193 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653.0 . MONITOR CONDITION ● Engine: After warming up ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage) CONDITION [Engine is running] 48 49 L B Fuel rail pressure sensor ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed 1. P0193 0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.2. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.3V 67 — Sensor ground (Sensor shield circuit) [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. Refer to EC-227. CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KF0 Specification data are reference values.) ● Fuel rail temperature sensor .000 rpm 2. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0192 0192 Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.50 MPa ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KF1 Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. such as the ground. As the pressure increases. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor as a feedback signal.2. The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throttling device. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653.

EC WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. go to EC-121. If DTC is detected. 4. G H I J K L M EC-119 . "Diagnostic Procedure" . "Diagnostic Procedure" . P0193 FRP SENSOR DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KF3 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. If DTC is detected. Turn ignition switch OFF. go to EC-121. 3. C D E SEF817Y F WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 4. 3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.DTC P0192. A Turn ignition switch ON. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

P0193 FRP SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KF4 MBWA1041E EC-120 .DTC P0192.

2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. M Voltage: Approximately 5. A Turn ignition switch OFF. "Ground Inspection" . MBIB1292E EC-121 . Body ground E61 G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. J K L MBIB1202E 3. EC C D E MBIB1218E F : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E41 4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTION 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Refer to EC-78.DTC P0192. ECM 3.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. H 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Check voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Body ground E21 2. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. P0193 FRP SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KF5 1. I Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor (1) harness connector.

NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 4. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P0193 FRP SENSOR 3. 5. 2. 4. disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and connect it again. Check harness continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 68. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Refer to Wiring Diagram. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Condition Voltage V Idle 1.000 rpm 2.2. 4. 49 (fuel rail pressure sensor signal) and ground under the following conditions. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KF6 FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR 1. Reconnect harness connector disconnected. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-122. "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. 3. 5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 48.0 . 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. "Component Inspection" . CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Continuity should exist. 2. 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5.3 If the voltage is out of specification. Removal and Installation MBIB0613E EBS01KF7 FUEL RAIL Refer to EM-44. EC-122 .DTC P0192. If NG. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. replace fuel rail. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace fuel rail. 49 and fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.7 . Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 48.0 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Then repeat above check. Continuity should exist. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70.

"Diagnostic Procedure" . Possible cause EC ● ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KF9 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. 3. 2. 5. Touch “ERASE”. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Perform EC-123. 3. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch ON. again. 2. 4. go to EC-123. Is DTC P0200 displayed again? Without CONSULT-II 1. Is DTC 0200 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 2.DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. 4. E F G H SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. C D WITH CONSULT-II 1. 3. No >> INSPECTION END EC-123 L M . I K With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. Turn ignition switch OFF. Refer to EC-27 . always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. "Diagnostic Procedure" . "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Perform EC-123. If DTC is detected. Diagnostic Procedure J EBS01KFA 1. P0200 0200 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injector power supply circuit PFP:16600 A EBS01KF8 DTC detecting condition ECM detects a voltage of power source for the fuel injector is excessively high or low. 4. If DTC is detected. again. go to EC-123. 4. 3. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. INSPECTION START 1.

2. 4. Refer to EC-25. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . >> INSPECTION END EC-124 . REPLACE ECM 1. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration.DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR 2. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . Refer to EC-24. Replace ECM. "ECM Re-communicating Function" . 3. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-172.

Use a ground other than ECM terminals. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. TERMINAL NO. MONITOR ITEM MAIN INJ WID CONDITION SPECIFICATION ● Engine: After warming up No load 0. such as the ground. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 4 V 5 G ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) H I J Approximately 7. precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit. EC C D PBIB0465E E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KFC Specification data are reference values.50 .DTC P0201 .5V K NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No.P0204 FUEL INJECTOR Component Description PFP:16600 A EBS01KFB The fuel injector is a small. 1 and 4) Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. Neutral (M/T) ● Idle speed Blower fan switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: ON 0. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. 2 and 3) F L MBIB1295E M Approximately 8.70 msec ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T).P0204 FUEL INJECTOR DTC P0201 . The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.0. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.000 rpm MBIB1296E EC-125 . the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder.80 msec ECM Terminals and Reference Value G EBS01KFD Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.0.50 .

000 rpm MBIB1298E : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. 2 Fuel injector No. EC-126 .5V [Engine is running] 21 22 23 24 G P W W ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. ● Fuel injector P0204 0204 No. 3 cylinder fuel injector. 3 MBIB1297E Approximately 8. 1 Fuel injector No. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION Approximately 7. ● Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open. 1 cylinder fuel injector. 3 cylinder fuel injector circuit open An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 4 cylinder fuel injector.5V [Engine is running] 40 41 42 43 W GR W B ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No. 2 cylinder fuel injector circuit open An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 4 cylinder fuel injector circuit open An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. 3 Fuel injector No.) P0203 0203 No. P0202 0202 No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 MBIB1297E Approximately 8. 2 cylinder fuel injector.DTC P0201 . 1 cylinder fuel injector circuit open An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 4 Fuel injector No. Trouble diagnosis name EBS01KFE DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0201 0201 No.000 rpm MBIB1298E Approximately 7.P0204 FUEL INJECTOR TERMINAL NO.

D E F SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. If DTC is detected. Turn ignition switch OFF. WITH CONSULT-II 1. "Diagnostic Procedure" . confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).P0204 FUEL INJECTOR DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KFF A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. 2. H I J K L M EC-127 . 4. go to EC-129. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.DTC P0201 . C Turn ignition switch ON. go to EC-129. 2. 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 3. 4. "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is detected. EC TESTING CONDITION Before performing the following procedure. G Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.

P0204 FUEL INJECTOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KFG MBWA1042E EC-128 .DTC P0201 .

Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.3 P0204 40. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 41 2 No. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4.1 P0202 21. CHECK FUEL INJECOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1.DTC P0201 . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.4 I J K L Continuity should exist. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. 43 2 No.3 P0204 4 1 No. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. 4. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. 2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. 24 2 No. NG >> Replace fuel injector. 3. Terminal DTC EC C D Cylinder ECM Fuel injector P0201 4 1 No. Refer to Wiring Diagram. 22 2 No. Terminal DTC Cylinder ECM Fuel injector P0201 42. "Component Inspection" .2 P0203 5 1 No.2 P0203 23. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC-129 M .1 P0202 5 1 No. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN AND SHORT CIRCUIT 1. A Turn ignition switch OFF. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2.P0204 FUEL INJECTOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KFH 1.4 MBIB1203E E F Continuity should exist. Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. 5. 2. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I Refer to EC-130. G H 2.

Refer to EC-27 . 4. REPLACE FUEL INJECOR 1. 3. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Turn ignition switch ON. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. 7. Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .DTC P0201 . 9. 2. 5. 1. Refer to EC-25. 7. NOTE: One is from malfunctioning cylinder and the other is from any cylinder other than the malfunctioning cylinder. 5. Perform EC-127. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Swap the two fuel injectors to the other cylinder. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . 8. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KFI FUEL INJECTOR 1. Refer to EC-25. With CONSULT-II Remove two fuel injectors. Touch “ERASE”. 2. 8. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder? Without CONSULT-II Remove two fuel injectors. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connectors. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. 6. EC-127. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. 4. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . EC-130 . 5. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. No >> GO TO 6. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II 1. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . Refer to EC-25.P0204 FUEL INJECTOR 4. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connectors. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. >> INSPECTION END 6. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. 3. NOTE: One is from malfunctioning cylinder and the other is from any cylinder other than the malfunctioning cylinder. 6. Swap the two fuel injectors to the other cylinder. 2.

If NG.P0204 FUEL INJECTOR 2.DTC P0201 .140°F)] 3. E F G H I J K L M EC-131 .2 .60°C (50 .8Ω [at 10 . A Resistance: 0. replace fuel injector.0. "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" . Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure. EC C MBIB1253E D Removal and Installation EBS01KFJ FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EM-44.

and air conditioner ON signal. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Cooling Fan Control Sensor Input Signal to ECM Wheel sensor Vehicle speed* Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal* Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ECM function Cooling fan control Actuator IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays) *: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE Description PFP:21481 EBS01KFK SYSTEM DESCRIPTION NOTE: If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC U1000. "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . Refer to EC-79. Cooling fan relay Cooling fan speed 1 2 Stop (OFF) OFF OFF Low (LOW) ON OFF High (HI) OFF ON COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Cooling Fan Motor The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows. The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed. refrigerant pressure. Cooling Fan Operation MBIB1266E Cooling Fan Relay Operation The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line. Cooling fan motor terminals Cooling fan speed (+) (−) Low (LOW) 1 3 High (HI) 2 3 EC-132 . engine coolant temperature. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KFL

A

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM

CONDITION

COOLING FAN

Engine: After warming up, idle
the engine
Air conditioner switch: OFF

SPECIFICATION

Engine coolant temperature: 97°C
(207°F) or less

OFF

Engine coolant temperature: Between
98°C (208°F) and 104°C (219°F)

LOW

Engine coolant temperature: 105°C
(221°F) or more

HI

EC

C

On Board Diagnosis Logic

EBS01KFM

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
DTC No.

Trouble diagnosis name

DTC detecting condition

P0217
0217

Engine over temperature
(Overheat)

Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).

Possible cause

Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)

IPDM E/R

Cooling fan

Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)

Cooling fan system does not operate properly
(Overheat).

Radiator hose

Radiator

Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method.

Radiator cap

Reservoir tank

Reservoir tank cap

Water pump

Thermostat

Engine coolant is not within the specified
range.

F

H

I

J

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-7, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-16, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EBS01KFN

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:

Never remove a radiator cap and/or a reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns
could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and the reservoir tank.

Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow builtup pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

EC-133

E

G

For more information, refer to EC-140,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

Overall Function Check

D

K

L

M

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
WITH CONSULT-II
1.

2.

3.

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-137,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-137,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W

4.
5.

Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
If the results are NG, go to EC-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF111X

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.

2.

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-137,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-137,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF621W

3.
4.

Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PG-19, "Auto Active
Test" .
If NG, go to EC-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-134

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
Wiring Diagram

EBS01KFO

A

EC

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

MBWA1332E

EC-135

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

MBWA1068E

EC-136

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KFP

1. CHECK COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN) OPERATION

A

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates normally.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-19, "Removal and Installation" .

EC

C

2. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

D

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operate at each speed (LOW/HI).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-139, "PROCEDURE A" .)

E

F

G

H
SEF784Z

3. CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

I

Without CONSULT-II
Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PG-19, "Auto Active
Test" .
2. Make sure that cooling fan operate at each speed (Low/High).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to EC-139, "PROCEDURE A" .)

1.

J

K

L

4. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops. Refer to CO-7, "CHECKING RADIATOR SYSTEM
FOR LEAKS" .

Reservoir tank (1)

SST (EG17650301): A
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Check the following for leak. Refer to CO-7, "CHECKING RADIATOR SYSTEM FOR LEAKS" .
● Hose
● Radiator
● Radiator cap
● Water pump
● Reservoir tank

EC-137

M

MBIB1204E

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE

5. CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check reservoir tank cap
relief pressure.
Refer to CO-13, "Checking Reservoir Tank Cap" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace reservoir tank cap.

SLC755AC

6. CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
Check the following.

Thermostat. Refer to CO-23, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER PIPING" .

Engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-107, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.

7. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-140, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-138

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
PROCEDURE A
A

1. CHECK COOLILNG FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E14.
Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.

EC

C

Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.

D

E
PBIB2607E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

F

Check the following.

40A fusible link

Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

G

H

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

Disconnect cooling fan motor (1) harness connector.

: Vehicle front
Radiator shroud (upper) (2)
Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan motor terminal 1 and IPDM E/R terminal 20,
cooling fan motor terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

2.

I

J

K

Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.

Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-139

L
MBIB1205E

M

See CO-19. Main 12 Causes of Overheating Engine Step OFF 1 Inspection item ● Blocked radiator ● Blocked condenser ● Blocked radiator grille ● Blocked bumper 2 ● 3 EBS01KFQ Equipment Standard Reference page ● Visual No blocking — Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 . *2: Engine running at 3. "THERMOSTAT AND WATER PIPING" . "LEVEL CHECK" . 4 ● Reservoir tank cap ● Pressure tester See CO-13. ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck See CO-7. 6. refer to CO-4. OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler gauge 0. For more information. "CYLINDER BLOCK" . "COOLING FAN" .50% coolant mixture See MA-16. *1: Turn the ignition switch ON. ON*2 7 ● Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven) ● Visual Operating OFF 8 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Negative — ON*3 9 ● Coolant temperature gauge ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving — ● Coolant overflow to reservoir tank ● Visual No overflow during driving and idling See CO-7. *3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. "Checking Reservoir Tank Cap" . ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-7. "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" . "CYLINDER HEAD" . "LEVEL CHECK" . Refer to PG-14. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR Refer to EC-141. ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses Both hoses should be hot See CO-23. "Changing Engine Coolant" . OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. EC-140 .DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector. 12 ● Cylinder block and pistons ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston See EM-110.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) See EM-92. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-70. OFF*4 10 ● Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator ● Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank See CO-7.000 rpm for 10 minutes. "Component Inspection" . "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" . "CHECKING RADIATOR SYSTEM FOR LEAKS" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for DTC P0217 (EC-132 ).1 mm (0. NG >> Replace cooling fan motors. "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)" . *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.

replace cooling fan motor. C D MBIB1241E E F G H I J K L M EC-141 . EC Cooling fan motor terminals Cooling fan speed (+) (−) Low (LOW) 1 3 High (HI) 2 3 Cooling fan motor should operate. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors. 2.DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE Component Inspection EBS01KFR A COOLING FAN MOTOR 1. If NG. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.

The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. TERMINAL NO.3V EC-142 .0. Thus. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.1.95 . ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KFU Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.3V 90 W Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.87V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.0V *: This signal is converted by ECM internally.DTC P0222.28 . 82 WIRE COLOR W ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.3V 85 — Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected. it differs from ECM terminal voltage. P0223 APP SENSOR DTC P0222.0. P0223 APP SENSOR Description PFP:18002 EBS01KFS The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly.65 . MONITOR ITEM ACCEL POS SEN* ACCEL SEN 2* CONDITION ● ● SPECIFICATION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0. PBIB1741E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KFT Specification data are reference values.3V [Ignition switch ON] 83 R Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.48V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.6V 84 B Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. such as the ground.17V [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.

2. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. EC-143 . P0223 APP SENSOR TERMINAL NO. Wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. NOTE: If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. 4. If DTC is detected. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.3V D On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KFV The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.) Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) G H EBS01KFW NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. DTC Confirmation Procedure F Possible cause ● ● Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.78V [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed [Ignition switch ON] More than 2. 3. "Diagnostic Procedure" . first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. "Diagnostic Procedure" . P0223 0223 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. 2. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0222 0222 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.58 . P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . E I J Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. go to EC-145.DTC P0222. WITH CONSULT-II 1. "DTC P0652. K L M SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1.0. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage) CONDITION A [Ignition switch ON] 91 92 R B Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released EC 0. If DTC is detected. Refer to EC-227. go to EC-145. 3. DTC No.3V C Approximately 0.

DTC P0222. P0223 APP SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KFX MBWA1043E EC-144 .

DTC P0222. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. M Voltage: Approximately 5. "Ground Inspection" . J K L MBIB1201E 3. P0223 APP SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KFY 1. Turn ignition switch ON. Body ground E61 G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. I Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. EC C D E MBIB1218E F : Vehicle front 1. H 2. 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. CHCEK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Body ground E21 2. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. ECM 3. PBIB2611E EC-145 . A Turn ignition switch OFF. Body ground E41 4. Refer to EC-78.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3.

CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 91 and APP sensor terminal 6. Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 83 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70.78V Fully depressed More than 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" . 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Removal and Installation EBS01KG0 ACCELERATOR PEDAL Refer to ACC-2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.6V Fully released 0. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KFZ ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 5. 6. 2. 2. 3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 92. Continuity should exist. CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-146. replace accelerator pedal assembly. 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. MBIB0615E If NG.17V Fully depressed More than 4. 4. Turn ignition switch ON.0. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P0223 APP SENSOR 3. 4.58 .95 .3V 91 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) 4.DTC P0222. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC-146 . "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal). Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. "Component Inspection" .1.

Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. EC C D MBIB0626E E The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) is moved by ON/ OFF pulse from the ECM. TERMINAL NO. the charge air pressure rises. ● ● F : Vehicle front Alternator (2) G H MBIB1206E ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KG3 Specification data are reference valves. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through the rods. such as the ground. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 6.6V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM Description PFP:14411 A EBS01KG1 The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls the actuator.000 rpm MBIB0890E EC-147 .3V I J K L [Engine is running] 6 BR ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed M MBIB0889E Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve Approximately 8. The longer the ON pulse. the intake air volume is adjusted. and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.

MBIB1207E EC-148 . go to EC-150. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . Start engine and let it idle. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch OFF] ● 105 113 BR BR ECM relay (self shut-off) [Ignition switch OFF] ● 119 120 R G For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF Power supply for ECM More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF Approximately 1. "Diagnostic Procedure" .14V) [Ignition switch ON] : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . 3.) On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KG4 The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator (1) rod moves slightly when engine is started. 1. If NG. Refer to EC-227. DTC No. NOTE: If DTC P0234 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. Overall Function Check Possible cause ● Turbocharger ● Vacuum pump ● Turbocharger boost sensor ● Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve EBS01KG5 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger.DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM TERMINAL NO. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653.0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . "DTC P0652. P0234 0234 Trouble diagnosis name Turbocharger overboost condition DTC detecting condition ECM detects turbocharger boost pressure is excessively high. a DTC might not be confirmed. During this check. 2.

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM Wiring Diagram EBS01KG6 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1044E EC-149 .

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KG7 1. Refer to EC-16. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence. Vacuum should exist. Start engine and let it idle. "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . 3. MBIB1206E 3. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery. – 2. cracks or improper connection. MBIB1208E 2. NG >> GO TO 4. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to turbocharger control actuator (1). CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND VACUUM GALLERY 1. 4. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE 1. NG >> GO TO 2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging. SEF109L 3. – : Vehicle front Alternator (2) Turn ignition switch ON. MBIB1242E EC-150 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Check voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. 2. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. NG >> Replace vacuum pump assembly. -15. L 8. F4 ● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve ● Harness for open or short between ECM and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve EC C >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 2. "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR M 1. 3. 3. F Continuity should exist. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D 1. CHECK TURBOCHARGE BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-152. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminal 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. -400mmHg. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9.3kPa (-533mbar.DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM 4. 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. Refer to Wiring Diagram. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. Make sure that the turbocharger boost control actuator rod moves smoothly when applying vacuum of -53. NG >> Replace turbocharger assembly. Disconnect ECM harness connector. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. Install a vacuum pump A to turbocharger boost control actuator (1). NG >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. ● Harness connectors E9. 4. "VACUUM PUMP" . MBIB1209E EC-151 . E Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK VACUUM PUMP K Refer to EM-42.75inHg) and releasing it. G H 6. I J 7.

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Air passage continuity between (A) and (C) 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) Yes No No supply No Yes CONDITIONS Operation takes less than 1 second. Check air passage continuity of turbocharger boost control solenoid valve under the following conditions.DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM 9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR Refer to EC-158. replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. Removal and Installation MBIB1129E EBS01KG9 TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-18. ● : Vehicle front Alternator (2) ● MBIB1206E 2. Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals. 10. "CHARGE AIR COOLER" . 3. EC-152 . Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. If NG. NG >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KG8 TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. "Component Inspection" .

1 . Neutral (M/T) ● No load 4.600 rpm Approx.2. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases.2.DTC P0237. P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR DTC P0237. TERMINAL NO.000 rpm Approx. and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.000 rpm 2. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION ● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx.00 kPa ● Air conditioner switch: OFF 3.6V 64 V Turbocharger boost sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.00 kPa ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T).3 . P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR Component Description PFP:22365 A EBS01KGA The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of the charge air cooler. EC C D MBIB0614E E F G H MBIB0899E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KGB I Specification data are reference values.3V EC-153 L M . Use a ground other than ECM terminals. such as the ground.4V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage) CONDITION [Engine is running] 52 BR ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Turbocharger boost sensor 2. 100.3V 71 L Turbocharger boost sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. 140. 135.00 kPa INT/M PRES SE [kPa] J K ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KGC Specification data are reference values.

NOTE: If DTC P0237 or P0238 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 2. Refer to EC-227. 2. go to EC-156. P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KGD The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses. If DTC is detected. Turn ignition switch ON. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . 3. Wait at least 5 seconds. 3. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. WITH CONSULT-II 1. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. DTC No. If DTC is detected. "Diagnostic Procedure" . go to EC-156. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. P0238 0238 Turbocharger boost sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653.) ● Turbocharger boost sensor EBS01KGE NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. EC-154 . Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0237 0237 Turbocharger boost sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. "DTC P0652. "Diagnostic Procedure" .DTC P0237. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.

P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KGF A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1045E EC-155 .DTC P0237.

3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Disconnect turbocharge boost sensor (1) harness connector. 2. MBIB1210E 3. 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. Turn ignition switch ON. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. PBIB0138E EC-156 . Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.DTC P0237. "Ground Inspection" . Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. Body ground E41 4. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KGG 1. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. Refer to EC-78. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1. 2. Check voltage between turbocharge boost sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Turn ignition switch OFF. Voltage: Approximately 5.

Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR Refer to EC-158. A D E Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and turbocharger boost sensor terminal 2. K >> INSPECTION END L M EC-157 . Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors. G H I J 6. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. 2. 3. EC C 4. 4. 2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. Turn ignition switch OFF. NG >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. "Component Inspection" . Check harness continuity between turbocharger boost sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 71. 5. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .DTC P0237. Disconnect ECM harness connector. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F Continuity should exist. CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR 3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

300mmHg. 11. Remove turbocharger boost sensor with its harness connected.DTC P0237.3V +40 kPa (400 mbar. CAUTION: ● Always calibrate the pressure pump gauge when using it.9V MBIB1093E Removal and Installation EBS01KGI TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR Refer to EM-18. P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR Component Inspection EBS01KGH CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR 1. 4. Check the output voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground under the following conditions. 0 inHg) Approximately 2. 3. "CHARGE AIR COOLER" . ● Inspection should be done at room temperature [10-30°C (50-86°F)]. 2. Pressure (Relative to atmospheric pressure) Voltage V 0 kPa (0 mbar.81 inHg) Approximately 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Use pump to apply pressure sensor as shown in the figure. EC-158 . 0 mmHg.

It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.7V K L NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle MBIB0879E R Crankshaft position sensor Approximately 3. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. When the engine is running. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. TERMINAL NO.3V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.000 rpm MBIB0880E 65 B Crankshaft position sensor ground 67 — Sensor ground (Sensor shield circuit) I J [Ignition switch ON] [Engine is running] 46 H [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. EC C D MBIB1323E E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KGK Specification data are reference values.3V [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. such as the ground.) EC-159 M .7V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. F SPECIFICATION Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication G ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KGL Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. 44 WIRE COLOR W ITEM Crankshaft position sensor power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 5. MONITOR ITEM CKPS-RPM (TDC) CONDITION ● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication.3V Approximately 3.DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR Description PFP:23731 A EBS01KGJ The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft. Due to the changing magnetic field.

Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KGN NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. If engine can not start. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. go to EC-162. If engine can not start. If DTC is detected. 2. If DTC is detected. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. DTC No. go to EC-162. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653.) ● Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect by the ECM when engine is running. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. P0335 0335 Trouble diagnosis name Crankshaft position sensor circuit DTC detecting condition Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted. 4. 3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. "Diagnostic Procedure" . keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KGM NOTE: If DTC P0335 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. WITH CONSULT-II 1. "DTC P0652. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 4. Refer to EC-227. EC-160 .

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KGO A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1046E EC-161 .

CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Check voltage between CKP sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle : Vehicle front Starter motor (2) Turn ignition switch ON. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. "Ground Inspection" . Body ground E41 4. MBIB1211E 3. – – – 2. MBIB1293E EC-162 . Turn ignition switch OFF. Body ground E21 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2. Voltage: Approximately 5.DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KGP 1. ECM 3.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (1) harness connector. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. Refer to EC-78. MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1. 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6.

CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. K >> INSPECTION END L M EC-163 . 3. G H I J 6.DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR 3. A D E Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 1. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-164. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power. CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 4. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and CKP sensor terminal 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. 2. EC C 4. F Continuity should exist. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. Continuity should exist. Disconnect ECM harness connector. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram. "Component Inspection" . 2. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2.2 (-) 6. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. EC-164 . "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" . MBIB1385E Removal and Installation EBS01KGR CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Refer to EM-36. 4. If NG.DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR Component Inspection EBS01KGQ CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 1.2 (-) 3 (+) . MBIB0647E 5. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector. Visually check the sensor for chipping. 3. Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) .1 (-) Except 0 or ∞ 3 (+) . replace crankshaft position sensor. Check resistance as shown in the figure. Remove the sensor.

Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication.3V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope. such as the ground.3V [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. Due to the changing magnetic field.000 rpm MBIB0880E 65 B Crankshaft position sensor ground 67 — Sensor ground (Sensor shield circuit) I J [Ignition switch ON] [Engine is running] 46 H [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. G ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KGU Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. TERMINAL NO. EC C D MBIB1323E E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KGT Specification data are reference values. 44 WIRE COLOR W ITEM Crankshaft position sensor power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 5. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. When the engine is running.3V Approximately 3. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.) EC-165 M . The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.7V K L NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle MBIB0879E R Crankshaft position sensor Approximately 3. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR Description PFP:23731 A EBS01KGS The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft.7V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. MONITOR ITEM CKPS·RPM (TDC) CONDITION ● F SPECIFICATION Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication. the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. the voltage from the sensor changes.

DTC No. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected. EC-166 . If engine can not start. Turn ignition switch ON. If engine can not start. Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted. WITH CONSULT-II 1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. "Diagnostic Procedure" .) ● Crankshaft position sensor ● Signal plate DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KGW NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. 3. "DTC P0652. If DTC is detected. 4. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. Turn ignition switch OFF. keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. Refer to EC-227. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . 2. go to EC-168. go to EC-168.DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KGV NOTE: If DTC P0336 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. 3. 2. P0336 0336 Trouble diagnosis name Crankshaft position sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pattern when engine is running. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KGX A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1046E EC-167 .

CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle : Vehicle front Starter motor (2) Turn ignition switch ON. MBIB1211E 3. MBIB1293E EC-168 . Voltage: Approximately 5. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch OFF.DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KGY 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. ECM 3. 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. – – – 2. Check voltage between CKP sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. "Ground Inspection" . 2.3V 4. Body ground E21 2. MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Refer to EC-78. Body ground E41 4. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. EC C 4. A D E Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. 2. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power. F Continuity should exist. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Refer to Wiring Diagram. 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3. G H I J 6. Disconnect ECM harness connector. CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. K L 7. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. 5. >> INSPECTION END EC-169 M . CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-170. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR 3. Continuity should exist. CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and CKP sensor terminal 2. "Component Inspection" . NG >> Replace the signal plate. Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK GEAR TOOTH Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7.

2 (-) 3 (+) .DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR Component Inspection EBS01KGZ CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 1. Terminal No. 4. replace crankshaft position sensor. If NG. EC-170 . 2. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) . 3. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.1 (-) Except 0 or ∞ 3 (+) . "OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER" . Check resistance as shown in the figure. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector. MBIB1385E Removal and Installation EBS01KH0 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Refer to EM-36.2 (-) 6. MBIB0647E 5.

) EC-171 . TERMINAL NO.3V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.3V 67 — Sensor ground (Sensor shield circuit) [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor system becomes inoperative. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change.000 rpm M MBIB0878E 66 B Camshaft position sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. such as the ground.3V I [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 4.9V L [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the piston position. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. Due to the changing magnetic field. utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls of engine parts instead. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. 45 WIRE COLOR W ITEM Camshaft position sensor power supply CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) F G H Approximately 5. When engine is running.DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR Description PFP:23731 A EBS01KH1 The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with camshaft (left side) to identify a particular cylinder.9V J NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle K MBIB0877E 47 R Camshaft position sensor Approximately 4. the voltage from the sensor changes. EC C D MBIB1323E E ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KH2 Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. WITH CONSULT-II 1. If engine can not start. 2. keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON. DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KH4 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KH3 NOTE: If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. 4. EC-172 . P0340 0340 Trouble diagnosis name Camshaft position sensor circuit DTC detecting condition Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) ● Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by the ECM when engine is running. 3. 3. 2. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Refer to EC-227. "Diagnostic Procedure" . P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . 4. go to EC-174. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected. DTC No. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. If engine can not start. If DTC is detected. go to EC-174. "DTC P0652. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653.

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KH5 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1047E EC-173 .

CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. – : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1. 2. Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Body ground E41 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. MBIB1293E EC-174 . 2. ECM 3. "Ground Inspection" . Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (1) harness connector. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. Voltage: Approximately 5. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6.DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KH6 1. MBIB1212E 3.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. Refer to EC-78. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. Body ground E21 2.

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. EC Continuity should exist. D 4. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1.DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR 3. K >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KH7 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 1. 3. Remove the sensor. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector. M MBIB0647E EC-175 L . Visually check the sensor for chipping. G 5. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. "Component Inspection" . CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J Refer to EC-70. 2. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. C 4. Continuity should exist. F 2. I 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR H Refer to EC-175. E Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1. A Turn ignition switch OFF. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4.

2 (-) 6. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) .DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR 5. EC-176 . replace camshaft position sensor. Terminal No.2 (-) 3 (+) . Check resistance as shown in the figure. MBIB1385E Removal and Installation EBS01KH8 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Refer to EM-59. "CAMSHAFT" . If NG.1 (-) Except 0 or ∞ 3 (+) .

9V L [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. Due to the changing magnetic field. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. 45 WIRE COLOR W ITEM Camshaft position sensor power supply CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) F G H Approximately 5.3V I [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 4. When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor system becomes inoperative.) EC-177 . The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. When engine is running. TERMINAL NO. EC C D MBIB1323E E ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KHA Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR Description PFP:23731 A EBS01KH9 The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with camshaft (left side) to identify a particular cylinder.000 rpm M MBIB0878E 66 B Camshaft position sensor ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls of engine parts instead. the voltage from the sensor changes. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals.3V 67 — Sensor ground (Sensor shield circuit) [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the piston position.9V J NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle K MBIB0877E 47 R Camshaft position sensor Approximately 4. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. such as the ground.

always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. 4. DTC No. 2.DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KHB NOTE: If DTC P0341 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. If DTC is detected. Possible cause ● Harness connectors (The sensor circuit is opener shorted. Turn ignition switch OFF. Refer to EC-227. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . 3. keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds. 3. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 4. If DTC is detected. "DTC P0652. If engine can not start. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Turn ignition switch ON. If engine can not start. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. EC-178 .) ● Camshaft position sensor ● Starter motor ● Starting system circuit ● Signal plate DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KHC NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. "Diagnostic Procedure" . P0341 0341 Trouble diagnosis name Camshaft position sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pattern when engine is running. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. go to EC-180. go to EC-180. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.

DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KHD A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1047E EC-179 .

Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. 2.) 2. Does the starter motor operate? Does the engine turn over? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Refer to EC-78.DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KHE 1. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. No >> Check starting system. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM Turn ignition switch to START position. MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1. "Ground Inspection" . "STARTING SYSTEM" . ECM 3. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. (Refer to SC-27. Body ground E41 4. Body ground E21 2. EC-180 . NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

I J Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (1) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Continuity should exist. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. – : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram.3V F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. 2. Voltage: Approximately 5. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-182. 6. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1. CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2.DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR 3. K L 5. G MBIB1293E H 4. 4. "Component Inspection" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A EC C D MBIB1212E 3. 2. EC-181 M .

1 (-) Except 0 or ∞ 3 (+) . MBIB1291E 8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (LEFT SIDE) Check the following. ● Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (left side) (1) rear end ● Chipping signal plate of camshaft (left side) rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. replace camshaft position sensor. MBIB0647E 5.2 (-) 6. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector. "CAMSHAFT" . If NG. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping. 4. 2. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft (left side) rear end or replace signal plate. 3. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KHF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 1. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) . MBIB1385E Removal and Installation EBS01KHG CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Refer to EM-59. Terminal No. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . EC-182 .DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR 7.2 (-) 3 (+) . Check resistance as shown in the figure. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70.

TESTING CONDITION: Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606. P0501 0501 Trouble Diagnosis Name Vehicle speed sensor range/performance DTC Detecting Condition A change of vehicle speed signal is excessively large during specified time. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . 4. It is sent from combination meter.DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR Component Description PFP:24810 A EBS01KHH The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. "DTC P0606 ECM". NOTE: ● If DTC P0501 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH) for at least 5 seconds. If a road test is expected to be easier. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If DTC is detected. 2. The ECM uses this signal for ASCD control. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL EC DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions. Refer to EC-215. 3. Start engine. "Diagnostic Procedure" . DTC Confirmation Procedure C D E Possible Cause ● Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted. Refer to EC-355. go to EC-184. On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KHI The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. I J K WITH CONSULT-II 1. DTC No. L M MBIB1085E SEF058Y EC-183 . Refer to EC-79.) ● Combination meter ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ● Wheel sensor ● ECM F G H EBS01KHJ CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. ● If DTC P0501 is displayed with DTC P0606.

If DTC is detected. If a road test is expected to be easier. Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KHK 1. it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . CHECK COMBINATION METER Check combination meter function. 2. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) Refer to BRC-8. Start engine. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH). "COMBINATION METERS" . Turn ignition switch OFF. go to EC-184. Refer to DI-4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. 3. "Diagnostic Procedure" . 1. 2. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. 4. 5. >> INSPECTION END EC-184 . NG >> Repair or replace.DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR WITHOUT CONSULT-II TESTING CONDITION: Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.

Maintain the following condition for at least 5 seconds. NOTE: ● If DTC P0502 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. If a road test is expected to be easier.800 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140 °F) Clutch pedal (M/T) Released Shift lever 1st position 4. The ECM uses this signal for ASCD control. 2.DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR Component Description PFP:24810 A EBS01KHL The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. I J K WITH CONSULT-II 1. On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KHM The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. "Diagnostic Procedure" . MBIB1084E EC-185 . ● If DTC P0502 is displayed with DTC P0606. "DTC P0606 ECM". 3. It is sent from combination meter.) ● Combination meter ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ● Wheel sensor ● ECM F G H EBS01KHN CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Refer to EC-79. DTC Confirmation Procedure C D E Possible Cause ● Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted. CKPS·RPM (TDC) More than 2. TESTING CONDITION: Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL EC DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions. go to EC-186. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. P0502 0502 Trouble Diagnosis Name Vehicle speed sensor circuit low input DTC Detecting Condition Vehicle speed signal is excessively low compared with the driving condition. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. Refer to EC-355. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606. L M If DTC is detected. Refer to EC-215. DTC No.

wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 2. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 1. 5. If a road test is expected to be easier. 2. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) Refer to BRC-8. Turn ignition switch OFF. Refer to DI-4. 4. it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. go to EC-188. If DTC is detected. Engine speed More than 2. >> INSPECTION END EC-186 . Maintain the following condition for at least 5 seconds. Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KHO 1. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . CHECK COMBINATION METER Check combination meter function.800 rpm Clutch pedal (M/T) Released Shift lever 1st position 3. NG >> Repair or replace. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. "COMBINATION METERS" .DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR WITHOUT CONSULT-II TESTING CONDITION: Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.

DTC No. TESTING CONDITION: Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KHQ The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC Confirmation Procedure C D E Possible Cause ● Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. The ECM uses this signal for ASCD control. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606. Refer to EC-79. "Diagnostic Procedure" . NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted.DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR Component Description PFP:24810 A EBS01KHP The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. 2. If a road test is expected to be easier. 4. ● If DTC P0503 is displayed with DTC P0606. 3. it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. If DTC is detected. "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL EC DEVICE (ASCD)" for ASCD functions. "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .) ● Combination meter ● ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ● Wheel sensor ● ECM F G H EBS01KHR CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH) for at least 5 seconds. NOTE: ● If DTC P0503 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. P0503 0503 Trouble Diagnosis Name Vehicle speed sensor circuit high input DTC Detecting Condition Vehicle speed signal is excessively high compared with the driving condition. Refer to EC-355. It is sent from combination meter. Refer to EC-215. "DTC P0606 ECM". go to EC-188. I J K WITH CONSULT-II 1. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Start engine. L M MBIB1085E SEF058Y EC-187 .

If a road test is expected to be easier. "COMBINATION METERS" . 1. 3. NG >> Repair or replace. it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . 5. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) Refer to BRC-8. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. go to EC-188. 2. Start engine. Turn ignition switch OFF. Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KHS 1.DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR WITHOUT CONSULT-II TESTING CONDITION: Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If DTC is detected. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH). 4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. 2. >> INSPECTION END EC-188 . "Diagnostic Procedure" . Refer to DI-4. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. CHECK COMBINATION METER Check combination meter function.

EC C D MBIB1214E E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KHU Specification data are reference values. ASCD brake switch (1) and stop lamp switch (2) are turned ON.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Component Description PFP:25320 A EBS01KHT When the brake pedal is depressed. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.14V) [Ignition switch ON] 101 J K WIRE COLOR [Ignition switch OFF] 100 F W ASCD brake switch ● Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .14V) [Ignition switch ON] ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) EC-189 Approximately 0V M . Use a ground other than ECM terminals. Refer to EC-355. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. ITEM CONDITION ● V Stop lamp switch Brake pedal fully released [Ignition switch OFF] ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed DATA (DC Voltage) L Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . MONITOR ITEM BRAKE SW (Stop lamp switch) CONDITION ● BRAKE SW2 (ASCD brake switch) ● Ignition switch: ON SPECIFICATION Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON ● Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released (M/T) ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) Ignition switch: ON G OFF H ON I ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KHV Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. TERMINAL NO. such as the ground. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal). "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.

) ● Harness or connectors (The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or shorted. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.) (M/T) ● Stop lamp switch ● ASCD brake switch ● ASCD clutch switch (M/T) ● Incorrect stop lamp switch installation ● Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation ● Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation (M/T) ● ECM EBS01KHX CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. If DTC is detected. DTC confirmation Procedure Possible Cause ● Harness or connectors (The stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted. go to the following step. EC-190 MBIB1085E . go to EC-193.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KHW The MI will not light up for this diagnosis. 2. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. TESTING CONDITION: Steps 3 and 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. If DTC is detected. VHCL SPEED SE More than 5 km/h (3 MPH) Selector lever Suitable position Driving location Depress the brake pedal for more than five seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned condition. 4. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up. go to EC-193. If DTC is not detected. DTC Detecting Condition ● P0504 0504 ASCD brake switch When the vehicle speed is above 5 km/h (3 MPH).) ● Harness or connectors (The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or shorted. WITH CONSULT-II 1. it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. 6. ON signal from the stop lamp switch and OFF signal from the ASCD brake switch are sent to the ECM at the same time. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Start engine. "Diagnostic Procedure" . 3. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC No. If a road test is expected to be easier. VHCL SPEED SE More than 5 km/h (3 MPH) Selector lever Suitable position 5. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Start engine.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up. A EC C D E F G H I J K L M EC-191 . 5. "Diagnostic Procedure" . 6. 2. Vehicle speed More than 5 km/h (3 MPH) Selector lever Suitable position 4. 8. If DTC is not detected. go to EC-193. Start engine. If DTC is detected. 3. Vehicle speed More than 5 km/h (3 MPH) Selector lever Suitable position Driving location Depress the brake pedal for more than five seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned condition. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. go to EC-193. go to the following step. Turn ignition switch OFF. 7. If DTC is detected. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.

DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Wiring Diagram EBS01KHY MBWA1360E EC-192 .

Turn ignition switch ON. CONDITION C INDICATION Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D E F PBIB0472E Without CONSULT-II 1. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions. 2.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KHZ A A/T MODELS 1. CONDITION Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed G H VOLTAGE Approximately 0V I Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. J MBIB1097E K L M EC-193 . 3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions. NG >> GO TO 3. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I EC With CONSULT-II 1. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

PBIB1184E EC-194 . Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 7. CONDITION INDICATION Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON SEC013D Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions. CONDITION Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed VOLTAGE Battery voltage Approximately 0V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. 2. MBIB0060E 3. BBIA0560E 3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II With CONSULT-II Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 2. NG >> GO TO 4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. "Component Inspection" . 2. J Turn ignition switch OFF. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. ● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 ● 10A fuse ● Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery EC C >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. F G 6.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 4. D Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. I 7. Turn ignition switch ON. Refer to Wiring Diagram. K L M BBIA0560E 4. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. 3. E Continuity should exist. PBIB0857E EC-195 . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. NG >> GO TO 8. 5. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH H Refer to EC-202.

11. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-341. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. ● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 ● 10A fuse ● Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Disconnect ECM harness connector. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. 2. Continuity should exist. 9. >> INSPECTION END EC-196 . 3. 10. "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I With CONSULT-II 1.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH M/T MODELS A 1. NG >> GO TO 3. K L M EC-197 . 2. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions. CONDITION Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed F G H VOLTAGE Approximately 0V Battery voltage I J MBIB1097E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. Without CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. CONDITION EC C INDICATION Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D E PBIB0472E 1. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. 2.

CONDITION Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed VOLTAGE Battery voltage Approximately 0V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 4. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. CONDITION INDICATION Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released OFF Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON SEC013D Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT -II or tester. NG >> GO TO 7. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II With CONSULT-II Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. MBIB0060E 3. MBIB1390E EC-198 . Turn ignition switch OFF.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 2. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. BBIA0560E 3.

CONDITION Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed VOLTAGE Battery voltage Approx. NG >> GO TO 8. PBIB0799E EC-199 . Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester. 3. J Turn ignition switch OFF. K L M BBIA0624E 4. "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. 3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 1. E Continuity should exist. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. ● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 ● 10A fuse ● Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse EC C >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT 1.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH H Refer to EC-202. D Disconnect ECM harness connector. 2. 0V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. I 7. 2. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F G 6.

2. 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD brake clutch switch terminal 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. Turn ignition switch ON. 11. NG >> GO TO 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. "Component Inspection" . 3. 3. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-202. Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 ● 10A fuse ● Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse ● >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 10. PBIB0857E 9. EC-200 . Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 8. Continuity should exist. Refer to Wiring Diagram. BBIA0560E 4.

NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 14. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. Continuity should exist. "Component Inspection" . A EC C 4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to EC-70. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. H >> INSPECTION END I J K L M EC-201 .DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 12. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH D E Refer to EC-202. NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 13. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Refer to Wiring Diagram.

3. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Continuity Should exist Should not exist If NG. "CLUTCH PEDAL" . and perform step 3 again. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Component Inspection EBS01KI0 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 1. SEC023D ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH 1. adjust ASCD clutch switch installation. refer to BR-6. EC-202 . Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. 2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. 2. "BRAKE PEDAL" . Turn ignition switch OFF. SEC024D STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. 3. and perform step 3 again. adjust stop lamp switch installation. 2. refer to CL-6. refer to BR-6. Turn ignition switch OFF. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. "BRAKE PEDAL" . Condition Clutch pedal: Fully released Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed Continuity Should exist Should not exist If NG. adjust ASCD brake switch installation. PBIB2285E Condition Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Continuity Should not exist Should exist If NG. and perform step 3 again.

EC-203 . 3. 3. If DTC is detected. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. No >> GO TO 2. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. D E WITH CONSULT-II 1. M 2.DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE On Board Diagnosis Logic PFP:24410 A EBS01KI1 The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. NG >> Replace with the proper one. 2. INSPECTION START L Are jumper cables connected for the jump starting? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. J Start engine and let it idle for at least 35 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. DTC Confirmation Procedure EC Possible cause ● Battery ● Battery terminal ● Alternator ● Incorrect jump starting C EBS01KI2 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. DTC No. 4. P0563 0563 Trouble diagnosis name Battery voltage high DTC detecting condition An excessively high voltage from the battery is sent to ECM. "BATTERY" and SC-14. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed. go to EC-203. "CHARGING SYSTEM" . "Diagnostic Procedure" . Diagnostic Procedure K EBS01KI3 1. SC-5. 2. Start engine and let it idle for at least 35 seconds. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Refer to. If DTC is detected. F G H I SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. go to EC-203. "Diagnostic Procedure" .

NG >> Reconnect jumper cables properly. 6. 4. 5. 4. Touch “ERASE”. 4. 2. 3. 3. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN 1. Refer to EC-25. NG >> Change the vehicle for booster. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. REPLACE ECM 1. Perform EC-203. 3. again. Replace ECM. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing.DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE 3. No >> GO TO 7. Is DTC P0563 displayed again? Without CONSULT-II 1. Perform EC-203. again. CHECK JUMPER CABLES INSTALLATION Check that the jumper cables are connected in the correct sequence. Refer to EC-27 . Is DTC 0563 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 6. 2. >> INSPECTION END EC-204 . CHECK BATTERY FOR BOOSTER Check that the battery for the booster is a 12V battery. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . Refer to EC-24. "ECM Re-communicating Function" . Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-172. With CONSULT-II Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . 2. SEF439Z OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4.

CHECK ELECTRICAL PARTS DAMAGE A Check the following for damage. EC C D E F G H I J K L M EC-205 . ● Wiring harness and harness connectors for burn ● Fuses for short OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE 7.

and determines which button is operated. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. MONITOR ITEM MAIN SW CONDITION ● CANCEL SW RESUME/ACC SW SET SW ● ● ● Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON Ignition switch: ON SPECIFICATION MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON SET/COAST switch: Released OFF ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KI6 Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.3V Approximately 0.3V Approximately 2.DTC P0580.3V Approximately 3. TERMINAL NO.3V Approximately 1. PBIB2645E Refer to EC-355.3V Approximately 0. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] ● ASCD steering switch: OFF [Ignition switch ON] ● 102 SB ASCD steering switch MAIN switch: Pressed [Ignition switch ON] ● CANCEL switch: Pressed [Ignition switch ON] ● RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed [Ignition switch ON] ● 103 B ASCD steering switch ground SET/COAST switch: Pressed [Ignition switch ON] EC-206 DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 4. ECM reads voltage variation of switch. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH DTC P0580. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.3V . such as the ground. P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH Component Description PFP:25551 EBS01KI4 ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KI5 Specification data are reference values.

● Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted. "Diagnostic Procedure" . 4. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause P0580 0580 ASCD steering switch circuit low input ● ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. "Diagnostic Procedure" . "DTC P0606 ECM". 2. go to EC-209. WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds. 4. 7. 7. then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.) P0581 0581 ASCD steering switch circuit high input ● An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. 6. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds. P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KI7 A The MI will not light up for these diagnoses. then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. C Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. Wait at least 10 seconds. NOTE: If DTC P0580 or P0581 is displayed with DTC P0606. EC-207 G H I J K L M . then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds. 3. then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.DTC P0580. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. ● ASCD steering switch ● ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure D EBS01KI8 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 8. 6. E F WITH CONSULT-II 1. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. DTC No. then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. If DTC is detected. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606. EC Refer to EC-215. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds. 8. If DTC is detected. 5. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds. then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. go to EC-209.

DTC P0580. P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH Wiring Diagram EBS01KI9 MBWA1049E EC-208 .

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KIA

1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1.
2.

A

Turn ignition switch OFF.
Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-78, "Ground Inspection" .

EC

C

D

E
MBIB1218E

F

: Vehicle front
1.

Body ground E21

2.

ECM

3.

Body ground E41

4.

A/C high-pressure service valve

5.

ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

6.

Body ground E61

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace ground connections.

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

EC-209

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

2. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW” and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
1.
2.

Switch

Monitor item

MAIN switch

MAIN SW

CANCEL switch

CANCEL SW

RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch

RESUME/ACC SW

Condition

Indication

Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

Pressed

ON

Released

OFF

SEC006D

SET/COAST switch

1.
2.

SET SW

Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 and ground with
pressing each button.
Switch

MAIN switch

CANCEL switch
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
SET/COAST switch

Condition

Voltage [V]

Pressed

Approx. 0

Released

Approx. 4.3

Pressed

Approx. 1.3

Released

Approx. 4.3

Pressed

Approx. 3.3

Released

Approx. 4.3

Pressed

Approx. 2.3

Released

Approx. 4.3

MBIB0043E

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 17 and ECM terminal 103. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

EC-210

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

A

Check the following.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

Harness connectors M91, E101

Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

EC

C

D

Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and combination switch terminal 18.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E

Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

F

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

G

Check the following.

Combination switch (spiral cable)

Harness connectors M91, E101

Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

H

I

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH

J

Refer to EC-212, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace ASCD steering switch.

K

L

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

M

>> INSPECTION END

EC-211

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Component Inspection

EBS01KIB

ASCD STEERING SWITCH
1.
2.

Disconnect combination switch.
Check continuity between combination switch terminals 17 and
18 with pushing each switch.
Switch

MAIN switch

CANCEL switch
RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch
SET/COAST switch

Condition

Resistance [Ω]

Pressed

Approx. 0

Released

Approx. 4,000

Pressed

Approx. 250

Released

Approx. 4,000

Pressed

Approx. 1,480

Released

Approx. 4,000

Pressed

Approx. 660

Released

Approx. 4,000

EC-212

MBIB1252E

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM
Description

PFP:23710

A
EBS01KIC

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

EC

C

D
MBIB0625E

E

On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0605
0605

Trouble diagnosis name
Engine control module
(ROM)

EBS01KID

DTC detecting condition
ECM ROM is malfunctioning.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

F

ECM

EBS01KIE

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

G

H

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-214, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

I

J

K

SEF817Y

L

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-214, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-213

M

DTC P0605 ECM
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KIF

1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch “ERASE”.
Perform EC-213, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
Is DTC P0605 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 .
3. Perform EC-213, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
4. Is DTC 0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.

Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-172, "ECM
Re-communicating Function" .
Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-24, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-214

DTC P0606 ECM
DTC P0606 ECM
Description

PFP:23710

A
EBS01KIG

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

EC

C

D
MBIB0625E

E

On Board Diagnosis Logic
DTC No.
P0606
0606

Trouble diagnosis name
Engine control module
(Processor)

EBS01KIH

DTC detecting condition
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Possible cause

F

ECM

EBS01KII

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

G

H

WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-216, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

I

J

K

SEF817Y

L

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-216, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-215

M

Refer to BL-172. 2. No >> INSPECTION END 2. 3. Perform EC-215. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Turn ignition switch ON. Replace ECM.DTC P0606 ECM Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KIJ 1. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . Is DTC 0606 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. 4. "ECM Re-communicating Function" . With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-27 . again. Is DTC P0606 displayed again? Without CONSULT-II 1. 3. >> INSPECTION END EC-216 . 3. INSPECTION START 1. 4. Refer to EC-24. 2. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . Perform EC-215. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . 4. again. REPLACE ECM 1. Touch “ERASE”. Refer to EC-25. 5. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . 2.

8V F G H I [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed J MBIB0885E 10 G Fuel pump K Approximately 5.2.500 . P0629 FUEL PUMP Description PFP:16700 A EBS01KIK To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump. When the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. P0629 FUEL PUMP DTC P0628. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION ● Engine: After warming up ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). Neutral (M/T) ● No load PUMP CURRENT SPECIFICATION Idle 1.5V L [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. TERMINAL NO.900 mA ECM Terminals and Reference Value D E EBS01KIM Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. As a result. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 5.000 rpm 1.1. such as the ground.000 mA 2. When the load of the engine increases. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.600 . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KIL C Specification data are reference values. the ECM sends a signal to the fuel pump to raise the injection pressure.000 rpm M MBIB0886E EC-217 . EC the fuel injection pressure is raised.DTC P0628. a plunger is built into the fuel pump.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. If DTC is detected.5 . Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION 0. go to EC-220. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. go to EC-220. 4. If DTC is detected.5 .000 rpm MBIB0888E : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope. 2. 3. "Diagnostic Procedure" . DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) ● Fuel pump EBS01KIO NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. 4. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.1. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds. 5. P0629 FUEL PUMP TERMINAL NO. P0629 0629 Fuel pump control circuit high output ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is short to power. 2. 3.DTC P0628.1. EC-218 . Trouble diagnosis name EBS01KIN DTC detecting condition P0628 0628 Fuel pump control circuit low input ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is open or short to ground.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. "Diagnostic Procedure" .0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed MBIB0887E 29 B Fuel pump 0.) On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No.

P0629 FUEL PUMP Wiring Diagram EBS01KIP A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1050E EC-219 .DTC P0628.

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. "Component Inspection" . REPLACE FUEL PUMP 1. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. MBIB1389E 2. – 3. 4. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . Refer to Wiring Diagram. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Refer to EC-24. Replace fuel pump. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Continuity should exist.DTC P0628. >> INSPECTION END EC-220 . Continuity should exist. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness connector. NG >> GO TO 4. 3. >> INSPECTION END 5. P0629 FUEL PUMP Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KIQ 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2. CHECK FUEL PUMP Refer to EC-221. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4. 2. 2. Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 1. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 2. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

60°C (50 . P0629 FUEL PUMP Component Inspection EBS01KIR A FUEL PUMP 1.140°F)] 3. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2. EC Resistance: 1.DTC P0628. "FUEL PUMP" .0Ω [at 10 . If NG. C D PBIB0417E E Removal and Installation EBS01KIS FUEL PUMP Refer to EM-49. F G H I J K L M EC-221 . replace fuel pump. 2.3.5 . Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

P0643 0643 Sensor power supply circuit high ECM detects a voltage of power source for Sensor is excessively high.3V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 0. TERMINAL NO.) ● Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) . CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. DTC No. P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ECM Terminals and Reference Value PFP:18002 EBS01KIT Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0642 0642 Sensor power supply circuit low ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low.3V [Ignition switch ON] 83 R Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0. P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY DTC P0642.58 . such as the ground.6V [Engine is running] 84 85 90 B — W Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 0. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.0.3V On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KIU The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.78V [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.DTC P0642.3V [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5. EC-222 Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 1 power supply circuit is shorted.17V [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.95 .1.3V [Ignition switch ON] 91 R Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3V [Engine is running] 92 B Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 0. 82 WIRE COLOR W ITEM DATA (DC Voltage) CONDITION Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.

EC WITH CONSULT-II 1. go to EC-225. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. Turn ignition switch OFF. C D E SEF817Y F WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. A Turn ignition switch ON. 4. 3. If DTC is detected. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Wait at least 5 seconds. P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KIV NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. 4. 2. 3. G H I J K L M EC-223 . Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. 2. go to EC-225. "Diagnostic Procedure" .DTC P0642.

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Wiring Diagram EBS01KIW MBWA1051E EC-224 .DTC P0642.

2. M Voltage: Approximately 5. P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KIX 1. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. "Ground Inspection" .3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. I Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector.DTC P0642. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON. EC-225 . A/C high-pressure service valve 5. PBIB2608E 3. "Component Inspection" . Body ground E41 4. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. H 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. Refer to EC-78. 2. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. J K L MBIB1201E 3. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-146. EC C D E MBIB1218E F : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E61 G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2.

"TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 4. >> INSPECTION END EC-226 .DTC P0642.

Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.DTC P0652. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY DTC P0652. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) 44 W Crankshaft position sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5. EC CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.17V [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed H More than 4.3V C D E F [Ignition switch ON] 83 R Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3V J [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.1.3V [Ignition switch ON] 91 R Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released L 0.3V 64 V Sensor power supply (Turbocharger boost sensor / Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.78V M [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.3V [Engine is running] 92 B G Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed EC-227 Approximately 0.0.3V . P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ECM Terminals and Reference Value PFP:18002 A EBS01KIY Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. such as the ground.95 .3V 63 R Fuel rail pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V 82 W Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V K Approximately 5.6V I [Engine is running] 84 85 90 B — W Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 0.3V 45 W Camshaft position sensor power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5. TERMINAL NO. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.58 .

DTC P0652.) (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted. 4. Wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF. DTC No. "Diagnostic Procedure" . 3. P0653 0653 Sensor power supply circuit high ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively high. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 4. 3. Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 power supply circuit is shorted. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.) (Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted. go to EC-230. 2.) (Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0652 0652 Sensor power supply circuit low ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low. If DTC is detected.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted. 2. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. "Diagnostic Procedure" . go to EC-230. If DTC is detected. EC-228 . Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KIZ The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1.) ● Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) ● Crankshaft position sensor ● Camshaft position sensor ● Fuel rail pressure sensor ● Refrigerant pressure sensor ● Turbocharger boost sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KJ0 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. WITH CONSULT-II 1.) (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is shorted. Turn ignition switch ON.

DTC P0652. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Wiring Diagram EBS01KJ1 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1052E EC-229 .

Body ground E21 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KJ2 1.DTC P0652. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ECM 3. Voltage: Approximately 5. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. Refer to EC-78. MBIB1201E 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF. MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1. "Ground Inspection" . CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Body ground E41 4. 2.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. PBIB2611E EC-230 . Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. "Component Inspection" . ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 90 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-229 44 Crankshaft position sensor terminal 3 EC-161 45 Camshaft position sensor terminal 3 EC-173 63 Fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-120 64 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-326 64 Turbocharger boost sensor terminal 3 EC-155 EC C D OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. "Component Inspection" . between the following terminals.) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Harness for short to power and short to ground. ● Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-164. CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS A Check the following. CHECK COMPONENTS F Check the following. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. "Component Inspection" . P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 3. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . "Component Inspection" . CHECK APP SENSOR G H I J Refer to EC-146. E 4. "Component Inspection" . K L 6. NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. "COMPONENT INSPECTION" . 5.) ● Turbocharger boost sensor (Refer to EC-158.) ● Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-92. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.) ● Fuel rail pressure sensor (Refer to EC-122.) ● Camshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-175. >> INSPECTION END EC-231 M . CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70.DTC P0652.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KJ5 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF. Turn ignition switch ON. If DTC is detected. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.) ● ECM relay ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if ignition switch OFF.14V) 107 108 R R Ignition switch [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.0V For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch OFF] ● More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . Turn ignition switch ON. such as the ground. Wait at least 30 seconds. Wait at least 30 seconds. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage) CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch OFF] ● 105 113 BR BR ECM relay (self shut-off) Approximately 1. P0686 0686 Trouble diagnosis name ECM relay circuit DTC detecting condition Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The ECM relay circuit is shorted. TERMINAL NO. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. 3. 2. 4. WITH CONSULT-II 1. EC-232 . go to EC-235. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1.14V) 119 120 R G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .DTC P0686 ECM RELAY DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ECM Terminals and Reference valve PFP:25230 EBS01KJ3 Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. 2. 3.14V) On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KJ4 The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. Turn ignition switch OFF. DTC No. 4. 5. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

6. If DTC is detected. A EC C D E F G H I J K L M EC-233 . go to EC-235. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. "Diagnostic Procedure" .DTC P0686 ECM RELAY 5.

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY Wiring Diagram EBS01KJ6 MBWA1053E EC-234 .

Disconnect ECM harness connector. 113 or IPDM E/R terminal 7 and ground. 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. CHECK ECM RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND J 1.DTC P0686 ECM RELAY Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KJ7 1. ECM terminal 120 and IPDM E/R terminal 4. CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. Check voltage between ECM terminals 105. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and IPDM E/R terminal 3. EC-235 M . F Turn ignition switch OFF. A Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 105. 113 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. then drop approximately 0V. 3. K Disconnect ECM harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. Voltage: EC After turning ignition switch OFF. L Continuity should not exist. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119. and wait at least 10 seconds. Also check harness for short to power. battery voltage will exist for a few seconds. H I MBIB1236E 3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. 4. CHECK ECM RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 2. 4. NG >> Repair short to ground in harness or connectors. G Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 120 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12. NG >> GO TO 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. D PBIB1630E E 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.

NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.DTC P0686 ECM RELAY 5. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . EC-236 . CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70.

When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit.50 . MONITOR ITEM MAIN INJ WID CONDITION F SPECIFICATION ● Engine: After warming up No load 0.70 msec ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T).P1271 FUEL INJECTOR DTC P1268 . Neutral (M/T) ● Idle speed Blower fan switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: ON 0. the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. such as the ground.0.80 msec ECM Terminals and Reference Value G EBS01KJA Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.000 rpm MBIB1296E EC-237 . 1 and 4) Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.0.5V K NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.P1271 FUEL INJECTOR Component Description PFP:16600 A EBS01KJ8 The fuel injector is a small. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. TERMINAL NO.DTC P1268 . EC C D PBIB0465E E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KJ9 Specification data are reference values. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs. 2 and 3) H L MBIB1295E M Approximately 8. precise solenoid valve. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 4 V 5 G ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) I J Approximately 7.50 .

4 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not energized. 3 Fuel injector No. 1 Fuel injector No. 1 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not energized. 1 cylinder fuel injector The valve built into No.5V NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No. P1271 1271 No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P1268 1268 No. EC-238 Possible cause ● Injector adjustment value ● Fuel injector .DTC P1268 .5V NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No.000 rpm MBIB1298E : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope. 4 Fuel injector No.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. 4 cylinder fuel injector The valve built into No. 2 Fuel injector No.) On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KJB The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses.P1271 FUEL INJECTOR TERMINAL NO. 4 Fuel injector No. DTC No. P1270 1270 No. 2 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not energized. 2 Fuel injector No. WIRE COLOR ITEM [Engine is running] 21 22 23 24 G P W W DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 7.000 rpm MBIB1298E [Engine is running] 40 41 42 43 W GR W B ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 7. 2 cylinder fuel injector The valve built into No. P1269 1269 No. 1 MBIB1297E Approximately 8. 3 MBIB1297E Approximately 8. 3 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not energized.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. 3 cylinder fuel injector The valve built into No.

"Diagnostic Procedure" . G I J K L Turn ignition switch OFF.2000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained) Voltage between ECM terminal 70 and ground More than 0.6V Shift lever Suitable position Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. EC NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. Turn ignition switch ON. go to EC-241. If DTC is not detected. CKPS·RPM 700 . Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds. go to EC-241.2000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained) COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75°C (167°F) Shift lever Suitable position Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. "Diagnostic Procedure" . go to EC-241. 7. 3. 9. go to next step. If DTC is detected. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. Turn ignition switch OFF. 8. 2.DTC P1268 . "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is not detected. EC-239 M . Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 70 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 4. Engine speed 700 . 3. C WITH CONSULT-II 1.P1271 FUEL INJECTOR DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KJC A CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving. D E F PBIB2156E 5. and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. 2. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. H WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. If DTC is detected. If DTC is detected. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. go to next step. "Diagnostic Procedure" . go to EC-241. 4. 5. Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. 6. Restart engine and drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If DTC is detected.

P1271 FUEL INJECTOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KJD MBWA1042E EC-240 .DTC P1268 .

Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. 3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2.2 P1270 5 1 No. Disconnect ECM harness connector. NG >> Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT-II screen. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3.4 E MBIB1203E J K Continuity should exist.3 P1271 4 1 No.P1271 FUEL INJECTOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KJE 1. 4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. 2. Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector. CHECK FUEL INJECOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 3. EC-241 L M . CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. D MBIB1255E 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. F Turn ignition switch OFF.DTC P1268 . A Turn ignition switch ON. Refer to EC-25. EC C The value displayed on CONSULT-II screen should be same as injector adjustment value printed on each fuel injector. 5. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . 2.1 P1269 5 1 No. Terminal DTC G H I Cylinder ECM Fuel injector P1268 4 1 No.

1 P1269 21. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4.DTC P1268 . "Component Inspection" .P1271 FUEL INJECTOR 3. 41 2 No. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. 2.3 P1271 40. Terminal DTC Cylinder ECM Fuel injector P1268 42. 22 2 No. 24 2 No. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I Refer to EC-243. NG >> Replace fuel injector.2 P1270 23. 4. EC-242 .4 Continuity should exist. 43 2 No. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

H 3. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. M >> INSPECTION END 7. 2.DTC P1268 . Turn ignition switch ON. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KJF FUEL INJECTOR 1. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II A With CONSULT-II Remove two fuel injectors. Refer to EC-25. 2. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. REPLACE FUEL INJECOR 1. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . 7. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. E 8. EC-243 . D 5. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. I 6.G der. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . EC NOTE: One is from malfunctioning cylinder and the other is from any cylinder other than the malfunctioning cylinder. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .P1271 FUEL INJECTOR 5. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-27 . Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch ON. Touch “ERASE”. 4. Perform EC-239. Swap the two fuel injectors to the other cylinder. L Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. Swap the two fuel injectors to the other cylinder. Remove two fuel injectors. 4. 9. 6. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder? F Without CONSULT-II 1. 7. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder? J Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 6. 6. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . Refer to EC-25. Refer to EC-25. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . No >> GO TO 7. NOTE: One is from malfunctioning cylinder and the other is from any cylinder other than the malfunctioning cylin. Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder. K 1. 3. C 2. 5. 8. Perform EC-239.

0.P1271 FUEL INJECTOR 2. replace fuel injector. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.140°F)] 3.2 . EC-244 .DTC P1268 .60°C (50 . "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" . Resistance: 0.8Ω [at 10 . MBIB1253E Removal and Installation EBS01KJG FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EM-44. If NG.

2.5V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.1. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP Description PFP:16700 A EBS01KJH When the fuel pressure in fuel rail increases to excessively high. Neutral (M/T) ● No load PUMP CURRENT F SPECIFICATION Idle 1.600 .000 rpm MBIB0886E EC-245 M . such as the ground. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) H I J K Approximately 5. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION ● Engine: After warming up ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). ● ● EC : Vehicle front Fuel rail (2) C D MBIB1199E E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KJI Specification data are reference values.000 rpm 1. TERMINAL NO.500 . CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.900 mA ECM Terminals and Reference Value G EBS01KJJ Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. fuel pressure relief valve (1) opens to carry excess fuel to the return hose. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.000 mA 2. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.8V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed L MBIB0885E 10 G Fuel pump Approximately 5.

"DTC P0652.1.000 rpm for at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4. go to EC-249.5 .0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. Refer to EC-227. then release the accelerator pedal. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. P1272 1272 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel rail pressure relief valve open DTC detecting condition Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open because of fuel pressure control system malfunction. 4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4.000 rpm MBIB0888E : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.000 rpm for at least 5 seconds. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted. then release the accelerator pedal.5 .0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed MBIB0887E 29 B Fuel pump 0.DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP TERMINAL NO. NOTE: If DTC P1272 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. EC-246 . 2. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. If DTC is detected.) ● Fuel pump ● Fuel rail pressure sensor ● Air mixed with fuel ● Lack of fuel EBS01KJL NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted.) On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KJK The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. WITH CONSULT-II 1. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .1. "Diagnostic Procedure" . first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION 0. 3.

3. Turn ignition switch OFF.DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP 2. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 4. A EC C D E F G H I J K L M EC-247 . "Diagnostic Procedure" . go to EC-249. If DTC is detected.

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP Wiring Diagram EBS01KJM MBWA1050E EC-248 .

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . 6. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Turn ignition switch ON. EC-249 M MBIB1389E . Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2. No >> INSPECTION END 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Refer to EC-24. 3. Is DTC detected again? Without CONSULT-II 1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness connector. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. 3. again. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing.: caused by lack of fuel). Perform EC-246. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING A NOTE: If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i. 3. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Refer to EC-24. 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Continuity should exist. – 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. C 2.DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KJN 1. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. D 4. Is DTC displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. E 7. F G H I J K L Continuity should exist. 6. 2. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . 5. 4. 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-II. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Touch “ERASE”. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.e. it may become normal by EC performing following procedure. 2. With CONSULT-II 1. again. Refer to EC-27 . "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . Perform EC-246. Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 1. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.

140°F)] 3. NG >> Repair or replace. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. CHECK FUEL PUMP Refer to EC-250. Replace fuel pump. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KJO FUEL PUMP 1.5 . 7. REPLACE FUEL PUMP 1. Refer to EC-24. 2. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-122. PBIB0417E Removal and Installation EBS01KJP FUEL RAIL Refer to EM-44. "Component Inspection" . Resistance: 1. NG >> GO TO 7. EC-250 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. If NG. replace fuel pump. 6. NG >> Replace fuel rail. "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" . FUEL PUMP Refer to EM-49. 5.3. 2. "Component Inspection" . CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70.0Ω [at 10 . "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP 4. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . "FUEL PUMP" .60°C (50 . Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

EC the fuel injection pressure is raised.DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP Description PFP:16700 A EBS01KJQ To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Neutral (M/T) ● No load PUMP CURRENT SPECIFICATION Idle 1.500 . When the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases. CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KJR C Specification data are reference values. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION ● Engine: After warming up ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). When the load of the engine increases.1. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. a plunger is built into the fuel pump.5V L [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.000 mA 2. such as the ground.8V F G H I [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed J MBIB0885E 10 G Fuel pump K Approximately 5.900 mA ECM Terminals and Reference Value D E EBS01KJS Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.600 .000 rpm M MBIB0886E EC-251 . the ECM sends a signal to the fuel pump to raise the injection pressure.000 rpm 1. As a result. the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 5. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.2. TERMINAL NO.

Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. DTC No. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Refer to EC-227. go to EC-255. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted. If DTC is detected. P1273 1273 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel pump insufficient flow DTC detecting condition ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel pressure. WITH CONSULT-II 1. Keep engine speed more than 2. EC-252 .0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. "DTC P0652. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP TERMINAL NO.) On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KJT The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.1.5 .1. 4. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION 0. 2.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed MBIB0887E 29 B Fuel pump 0.000 rpm MBIB0888E : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.5 . NOTE: If DTC P1273 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653.) ● Fuel pump ● Injector adjustment value ● Air mixed with fuel ● Lack of fuel ● Fuel rail pressure sensor EBS01KJU NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted.000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. 3. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653.

Keep engine speed more than 2. 3. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 5. If DTC is detected. "Diagnostic Procedure" . A EC C D E F G H I J K L M EC-253 . go to EC-255. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4.DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP 2.000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP Wiring Diagram EBS01KJV MBWA1050E EC-254 .

2. CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE 1. Refer to EC-25. Refer to EC-24. 2. D MBIB1255E 2. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING NOTE: If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i. 6. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . NG >> Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT-II screen. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . Clear fuel pump learning value. Perform EC-252. EC C The value displayed on CONSULT-II screen should be same as injector adjustment value printed on each fuel injector. Perform Fuel Pump Learning value clearing. 3. 7. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. 6. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-II. Is DTC detected again? Without CONSULT-II 1. again. 4. With CONSULT-II 1. 4. 2. it may become normal by performing following procedure.: caused by lack of fuel). 5.DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KJW 1. again. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Is DTC displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3.e. No >> INSPECTION END EC-255 E F G H I J K L M . Refer to EC-24. Touch “ERASE”. 3. A Turn ignition switch ON. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . Perform EC-252. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. Refer to EC-27 .

7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. >> INSPECTION END EC-256 . 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. Refer to EC-24. "Component Inspection" . "Component Inspection" . Refer to Wiring Diagram. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2. REPLACE FUEL PUMP 1. NG >> GO TO 7. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-122. 2. Continuity should exist. CHECK FUEL PUMP Refer to EC-257. NG >> Replace fuel rail. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . 2. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6.DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP 3. Replace fuel pump. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . MBIB1389E 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. – 3. Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 1. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. >> INSPECTION END 8. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness connector. 6.

replace fuel pump. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.60°C (50 .140°F)] 3.3.0Ω [at 10 . "FUEL PUMP" . If NG.DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP Component Inspection EBS01KJX A FUEL PUMP 1. C D PBIB0417E E Removal and Installation EBS01KJY FUEL PUMP Refer to EM-49. EC Resistance: 1.5 . Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2. F G H I J K L M EC-257 . 2.

the fuel injection pressure is raised.000 mA 2. Neutral (M/T) ● No load PUMP CURRENT SPECIFICATION Idle 1. the ECM sends a signal to the fuel pump to raise the injection pressure.000 rpm MBIB0886E EC-258 . As a result. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 5. When the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases.8V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed MBIB0885E 10 G Fuel pump Approximately 5.DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP Description PFP:16700 EBS01KJZ To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump. CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KK0 Specification data are reference values. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION ● Engine: After warming up ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). Use a ground other than ECM terminals. TERMINAL NO.000 rpm 1.500 .1. When the load of the engine increases. the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. such as the ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.600 . a plunger is built into the fuel pump.900 mA ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KK1 Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.5V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.2. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.

"DTC P0652. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" .) I ● Fuel pump J ● Fuel rail pressure sensor EBS01KK3 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted.DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP TERMINAL NO.5 . DTC Confirmation Procedure H Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted. go to EC-261. Tuning ignition switch ON. K L WITH CONSULT-II 1. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.000 rpm E F MBIB0888E : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.) G On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KK2 NOTE: If DTC P1274 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653.1. 4. EC-259 . always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.1. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. P1274 1274 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel pump protection DTC detecting condition Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value. 3. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. "Diagnostic Procedure" . 4. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. If DTC is detected.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. Refer to EC-227.5 .0V EC [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed C MBIB0887E 29 B Fuel pump D 0. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION A 0. "Diagnostic Procedure" . M SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. 2. DTC No. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. 2. go to EC-261. If DTC is detected.

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP Wiring Diagram EBS01KK4 MBWA1050E EC-260 .

Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Refer to Wiring Diagram. "Component Inspection" . >> INSPECTION END EC-261 . Refer to EC-24. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace fuel rail.DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KK5 1. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M 5. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness connector. Refer to Wiring Diagram. 2. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . A Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK FUEL PUMP L Refer to EC-262. E F G Continuity should exist. 4. K 4. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. – 3. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR J Refer to EC-122. REPLACE FUEL PUMP 1. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. NG >> GO TO 5. H I 3. "Component Inspection" . MBIB1389E 2. Replace fuel pump. >> INSPECTION END 6. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. EC C D Continuity should exist.

Resistance: 1. PBIB0417E Removal and Installation EBS01KK7 FUEL PUMP Refer to EM-49. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.0Ω [at 10 . EC-262 . 2.5 . "FUEL PUMP" . If NG.3.140°F)] 3.DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP Component Inspection EBS01KK6 FUEL PUMP 1. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2. replace fuel pump.60°C (50 .

the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION ● Engine: After warming up ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T).000 mA 2. CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KK9 C Specification data are reference values.900 mA ECM Terminals and Reference Value D E EBS01KKA Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Neutral (M/T) ● No load PUMP CURRENT SPECIFICATION Idle 1. When the load of the engine increases.000 rpm M MBIB0886E EC-263 . Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. the ECM sends a signal to fuel pump to raise the injection pressure.500 . such as the ground. As a result. When the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.000 rpm 1. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.5V L [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.8V F G H I [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed J MBIB0885E 10 G Fuel pump K Approximately 5. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.2.1. TERMINAL NO. a plunger is built into the fuel pump.DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP Description PFP:16700 A EBS01KK8 To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump.600 . WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 5. EC the fuel injection pressure is raised.

Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. P1275 1275 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel pump exchange DTC detecting condition Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. go to EC-267. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Keep engine speed more than 2.) On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KKB NOTE: If DTC P1275 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. 4. 3. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION 0. DTC No. Turn ignition switch OFF. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.) ● Fuel pump ● Fuel rail pressure sensor EBS01KKC NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2.000 rpm MBIB0888E : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.000 rpm for at least 60 seconds. 3.5 . P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . Refer to EC-227.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed MBIB0887E 29 B Fuel pump 0.1. If DTC is detected.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. "Diagnostic Procedure" . 4.000 rpm for at least 60 seconds.5 . "DTC P0652. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP TERMINAL NO. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. Keep engine speed more than 2.1. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. EC-264 .

"Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is detected. A EC C D E F G H I J K L M EC-265 . go to EC-267.DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP 5.

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP Wiring Diagram EBS01KKD MBWA1050E EC-266 .

"Component Inspection" . 2. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. >> INSPECTION END EC-267 . Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel pump terminal 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2.DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KKE 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. NG >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to Wiring Diagram. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump (2) harness connectors. EC C D Continuity should exist. E F G Continuity should exist. CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR J Refer to EC-122. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2. H I 3. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . REPLACE FUEL PUMP 1. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Replace fuel pump. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-24. MBIB1389E 2. CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. CHECK FUEL PUMP L Refer to EC-268. 2. – 3. >> INSPECTION END 6. A Turn ignition switch OFF. K 4. M 5. "Component Inspection" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" .

0Ω [at 10 . PBIB0417E Removal and Installation EBS01KKG FUEL PUMP Refer to EM-49. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector. 2. Resistance: 1. replace fuel pump. EC-268 . Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2. "FUEL PUMP" . If NG.3.60°C (50 .5 .140°F)] 3.DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP Component Inspection EBS01KKF FUEL PUMP 1.

3. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. I J K SEF817Y L WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. If DTC is detected. Turn ignition switch OFF. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause ● F ECM EBS01KKJ NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. EC-269 M . Wait at least 5 seconds. 3. G H WITH CONSULT-II 1. go to EC-270. 4. go to EC-270. "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is detected.DTC P1616 ECM DTC P1616 ECM Description PFP:23710 A EBS01KKH The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. P1616 1616 Trouble diagnosis name Engine control module (ROM) EBS01KKI DTC detecting condition ECM ROM is malfunctioning. EC C D MBIB0625E E On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. 2. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. The ECM controls the engine. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. "Diagnostic Procedure" .

5. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Refer to EC-25. again. 2. No >> INSPECTION END 2. INSPECTION START 1. Perform EC-269. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. REPLACE ECM 1. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-27 . >> INSPECTION END EC-270 . "ECM Re-communicating Function" . Is DTC P1616 displayed again? Without CONSULT-II 1. Touch “ERASE”. Refer to EC-24. Refer to BL-172. 2. 2. again. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Replace ECM. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . 3. 4.DTC P1616 ECM Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KKK 1. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . 3. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . Is DTC 1616 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. Perform EC-269. 4. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration.

go to EC-272. 2. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following two values. 3. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. go to EC-272. 3.The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. "Diagnostic Procedure" . 4. or the value has been initialized. Turn ignition switch OFF. If DTC is detected. Injector adjustment value (Injector adjustment value has not been written onto ECM memory yet. DTC No.DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE Description PFP:23710 A EBS01KKL Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector. EC-271 . Wait at least 5 seconds.) I J DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KKN NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. 4. 2. L Turn ignition switch ON. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause ● P1622 1622 Injector adjustment value data uninput Injector adjustment value is not stored in ECM. "Diagnostic Procedure" . ● The injector adjustment value stored in ECM C ● The injector adjustment value of the fuel injector which is installed on the vehicle D E F MBIB1251E G Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6 On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KKM H The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. M SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. K WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-25. >> INSPECTION END EC-272 . "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KKO 1.

DTC No. 3. ● CONSULT-II communication status (The status of CONSULT-II communication becomes improper during Injector Adjustment Value Registration. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.) J ECM NOTE: This DTC is not detected when injector adjustment value (not correct but existent) is stored in ECM. Wait at least 5 seconds. EC-273 .The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control. ● The injector adjustment value stored in ECM C ● The injector adjustment value of the fuel injector which is installed on the vehicle D E F MBIB1251E G Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6 On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KKQ H The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis. 4. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause ● P1623 1623 Injector adjustment value data error ECM detects the abnormal value of injector adjustment value. DTC Confirmation Procedure I K EBS01KKR NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. 2. If DTC is detected. M Turn ignition switch ON. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. L WITH CONSULT-II 1. go to EC-274. EC A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following two values.DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE Description PFP:23710 A EBS01KKP Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector. 3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

Refer to EC-25. 3. Touch “ERASE”. If DTC is detected. REPLACE ECM 1. Perform EC-273. again. Is DTC P1623 displayed again? Without CONSULT-II 1. The value displayed on CONSULT-II screen should be same as injector adjustment value printed on each fuel injector. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . Refer to EC-27 . 3. Refer to BL-172. PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. 2. "Diagnostic Procedure" . 3. 4. 3. Replace ECM. 2. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT-II screen. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Refer to EC-24. NG >> GO TO 2. And then perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. >> GO TO 3. go to EC-274. Perform EC-273. Is DTC 1623 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 4. No >> INSPECTION END 4. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. MBIB1255E 2. 4. again. "ECM Re-communicating Function" . NOTE: When two or more injector adjustment value are improper. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1.DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE 4. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KKS 1. CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE 1. 3. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. 2. >> INSPECTION END EC-274 . Select “ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-25. With CONSULT-II Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . it is useful to perform “INJ ADJ VAL CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing.

65 . EC C D PBIB1741E E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KKU Specification data are reference values.95 .6V 84 B Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 ground [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.0.3V 85 — Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor shield circuit) [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. it differs from ECM terminal voltage. 82 WIRE COLOR W ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 power supply CONDITION R Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 J DATA (DC Voltage) K [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.48V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.1.87V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.DTC P2135 APP SENSOR DTC P2135 APP SENSOR Description PFP:18002 A EBS01KKT The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM.3V 90 W Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0.3V Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3V EC-275 L . TERMINAL NO. Thus. MONITOR ITEM ACCEL POS SEN* ACCEL SEN 2* CONDITION ● ● F SPECIFICATION Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.28 .0V G *: This signal is converted by ECM internally.3V [Ignition switch ON] 83 I ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0. such as the ground. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. H ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KKV Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.17V [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed M More than 4.

Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. ● If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653. DTC No. 5.3V On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KKW The MI will not light up for this self-diagnosis.0. EC-276 . 5. If DTC is detected.DTC P2135 APP SENSOR TERMINAL NO. 2. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds. P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage) CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] 91 92 R B Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ground ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0. 4. 3. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.3V [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0. 2. DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KKX NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. 3. NOTE: ● If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. If DTC is detected. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds.) ● Accelerator pedal position sensor The correlation between APP sensor 1 signal and APP sensor 2 signal is out of the normal range. 4.78V [Ignition switch ON] ● Engine: Stopped ● Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1.58 . "DTC P0642. Refer to EC-227. and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds. 2 signal correlation DTC detecting condition Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The APP sensor circuit is open or shorted. "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH CONSULT-II 1. P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY" . first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or P0643. go to EC-278. first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. P2135 2135 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor 1. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF. go to EC-278. Wait at least 5 seconds. "DTC P0652. Refer to EC-222.

DTC P2135 APP SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KKY A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1054E EC-277 .

"Ground Inspection" . CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. 2.DTC P2135 APP SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KKZ 1. Body ground E41 4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. MBIB1201E 3. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Turn ignition switch OFF. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2. 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Refer to EC-78. Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 1. Turn ignition switch ON. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 2. Body ground E21 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. MBIB1244E EC-278 . ECM 3. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1. Voltage: Approximately 5.

F G 2. replace accelerator pedal assembly. MBIB0615E If NG. ECM terminal 91 and APP sensor terminal 6.58 . Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 83 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0.DTC P2135 APP SENSOR 3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 84. C Continuity should exist.95 .1. A Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK APP SENSOR I Refer to EC-279. D E 4.6V Fully released 0. L >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KL0 M ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.0.17V Fully depressed More than 4. J 6. Disconnect ECM harness connector. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC-279 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. Turn ignition switch ON. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. APP sensor terminal 5 EC and ECM terminal 92. 3.78V Fully depressed More than 2. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check voltage between ECM terminals 83 (APP sensor 1 signal). Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 3. H 5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K Refer to EC-70. 2. "Component Inspection" . NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.3V 91 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) 4. 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 91 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions.

EC-280 .DTC P2135 APP SENSOR Removal and Installation EBS01KL1 ACCELERATOR PEDAL Refer to ACC-2. "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

0.DTC P2146. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.000 rpm MBIB1296E EC-281 . Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.50 . The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.50 .0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.0. MONITOR ITEM MAIN INJ WID CONDITION SPECIFICATION ● Engine: After warming up No load 0. P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY Component Description PFP:16600 A EBS01KL2 The fuel injector is a small. the coil in the fuel injector is energized. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.80 msec ECM Terminals and Reference Value G EBS01KL4 Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. such as the ground. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 4 V 5 G ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) H I J Approximately 7.5V K NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. TERMINAL NO. 1 and 4) Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY DTC P2146. EC C D PBIB0465E E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KL3 Specification data are reference values. Neutral (M/T) ● Idle speed Blower fan switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: ON 0. precise solenoid valve.70 msec ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). 2 and 3) F L MBIB1295E M Approximately 8. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit.

Possible cause ● EC-282 Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector power supply circuit open An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No.) . 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector power supply circuit open An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY TERMINAL NO. 4 Fuel injector No.000 rpm MBIB1298E : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. 3 MBIB1297E Approximately 8. 2 Fuel injector No.000 rpm MBIB1298E Approximately 7. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector.DTC P2146. 1 MBIB1297E Approximately 8. 3 Fuel injector No. 1 Fuel injector No.5V [Engine is running] 40 41 42 43 W GR W B ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector. 4 Fuel injector No. P2146 2146 P2149 2149 Trouble diagnosis name EBS01KL5 DTC detecting condition No. No. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION Approximately 7.5V [Engine is running] 21 22 23 24 G P W W ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.

"Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is detected. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. go to EC-285. 2. EC TESTING CONDITION Before performing the following procedure. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. H I J K L M EC-283 . If DTC is detected. 2. "Diagnostic Procedure" . confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).DTC P2146. Turn ignition switch OFF. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. G Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. D E F SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KL6 A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. 3. 4. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 4. 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. C Turn ignition switch ON. go to EC-285.

DTC P2146. P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY Wiring Diagram EBS01KL7 MBWA1055E EC-284 .

Disconnect ECM harness connector. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . Refer to Wiring Diagram. A Turn ignition switch OFF. P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KL8 1. Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.3 4 1 No. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2.2 5 1 No.DTC P2146. 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.4 E MBIB1203E F Continuity should exist. 2.1 5 1 No. Terminal EC C D Cylinder ECM Fuel injector 4 1 No. >> INSPECTION END I J K L M EC-285 . 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G H 2. CHECK FUEL INJECOR POWER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. 5.

50 . 2 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.0. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. MONITOR ITEM MAIN INJ WID CONDITION SPECIFICATION ● Engine: After warming up No load 0. P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT DTC P2147. Neutral (M/T) ● Idle speed Blower fan switch: ON Rear window defogger switch: ON 0. such as the ground.0V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.5V NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) Fuel injector power supply (For cylinder No.50 . Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. 3 ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Approximately 7. TERMINAL NO.DTC P2147. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT Component Description PFP:16600 EBS01KL9 The fuel injector is a small.5V NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle MBIB1297E EC-286 .0. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit. Use a ground other than ECM terminals. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 and 3) MBIB1295E Approximately 8.000 rpm MBIB1296E [Engine is running] 21 22 23 24 G P W W Fuel injector No.70 msec ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs. PBIB0465E CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KLA Specification data are reference values. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 4 V 5 G ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 7. precise solenoid valve. the coil in the fuel injector is energized.80 msec ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KLB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

Possible cause ● Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.DTC P2147.) On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No.000 rpm C MBIB1298E 40 41 42 43 W GR W B ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed D Approximately 7.0V EC [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. 4 Fuel injector No.000 rpm H MBIB1298E I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.5V [Engine is running] E NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle Fuel injector No. P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT TERMINAL NO. 4 Fuel injector No.0V G [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2. 1 Fuel injector No. 1 F MBIB1297E Approximately 8. Trouble diagnosis name EBS01KLC DTC detecting condition P2147 2147 Fuel injector circuit low input ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to ground. WIRE COLOR ITEM DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) CONDITION A Approximately 8. P2148 2148 Fuel injector circuit high input ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to power.) J K L M EC-287 .

go to EC-290. "Diagnostic Procedure" .DTC P2147. 3. 4. 2. 2. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. 3. SEF817Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. 4. P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS01KLD NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. If DTC is detected. If DTC is detected. Turn ignition switch OFF. WITH CONSULT-II 1. go to EC-290. EC-288 . Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. "Diagnostic Procedure" . Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram EBS01KLE A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1042E EC-289 .DTC P2147.

"Ground Inspection" . Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Body ground E21 2. Body ground E41 4. EC-290 . MBIB1218E : Vehicle front 1. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2. Refer to EC-78. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. ECM 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6.DTC P2147. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KLF 1.

2. M 4. 24 Should not exist Should exist 23. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. REPLACE FUEL INJECOR 1. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" . Refer to EC-25. "Component Inspection" .DTC P2147. >> INSPECTION END 5. NG >> GO TO 4. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram. >> INSPECTION END EC-291 . 41 1 Continuity Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. 22 Should not exist 5 Should exist 21. 41 Should exist I Should not exist 4.2 2 1 No. G Should not exist 4 4 E F 5 5 D MBIB1203E 4 40. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT 1.3 2 No.1 2 1 No. 22 Should exist Should not exist 23. 2. 3. EC C Terminal Cylinder Fuel injector ECM 42. P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.4 2 Should not exist 4 Should exist 42. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR J K L Refer to EC-292. 43 1 No. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration.43 Should exist Should not exist 21. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. 3. 24 Should exist 5 H Should not exist Should exist 40. NG >> Repair or replace.

Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .0.140°F)] 3. Resistance: 0.60°C (50 . replace fuel injector. EC-292 .2 . 2.8Ω [at 10 .DTC P2147. If NG. MBIB1253E Removal and Installation EBS01KLH FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EM-44. P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT Component Inspection EBS01KLG FUEL INJECTOR 1. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

"Diagnostic Procedure" . Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. P2229 2228 Barometric pressure sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM. go to EC-294. always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. DTC No. P2229 BARO SENSOR DTC P2228. P2229 BARO SENSOR Description PFP:23731 A EBS01KLI The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. ● DTC Confirmation Procedure F Possible cause ECM G EBS01KLK NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. H I WITH CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. 2. "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC is detected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. go to EC-294. The sensor detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to the microcomputer. EC C D MBIB0625E E On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS01KLJ The MI will not light up for these self-diagnoses. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P2228 2228 Barometric pressure sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM. J K L SEF058Y WITHOUT CONSULT-II 1. 2. If DTC is detected. 4. 3.DTC P2228. Wait at least 5 seconds. 3. EC-293 M .

Is DTC P2228 or P2229 displayed again? Without CONSULT-II 1. 4. 3. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. 3. 4. P2229 BARO SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KLL 1. "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing" . "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Perform EC-293. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II. again. Refer to EC-27 . Touch “ERASE”. 3. >> INSPECTION END EC-294 . Refer to EC-25. again. 2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. 4. No >> INSPECTION END 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Replace ECM.DTC P2228. Refer to EC-24. Is DTC 2228 or 2229 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. 2. With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. 5. REPLACE ECM 1. "ECM Re-communicating Function" . Refer to BL-172. Perform EC-293. INSPECTION START 1. "Injector Adjustment Value Registration" .

● Cranking The glow relay turns ON. allowing current to flow through glow plug. When engine coolant temperature is lower than approximately 80°C (176°F): ● Ignition switch ON After ignition switch has turned to ON. D E F G COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Glow Plug H The glow plug is provided with a ceramic heating element to obtain a high-temperature resistance. allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the glow relay. current continues to flow through glow plug (after-glow mode) for a certain period in relation to engine coolant temperature. The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the time glow relay is turned ON. It glows in response to a signal sent from the ECM. When engine coolant temperature is more than approximately 80°C (176°F). the glow relay turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature. the glow relay turns off. ● Starting After engine has started.GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM Description PFP:25230 A EBS01KLM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Crankshaft position sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Engine speed Glow control Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature EC Actuator Glow lamp* Glow relay Glow plugs C *: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line. I J K SEF376Y L M EC-295 . allowing current to flow through glow plug.

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM Wiring Diagram EBS01KLN MBWA1329E EC-296 .

wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. Without CONSULT-II Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 51 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.53V. NG >> Correct. If it indicates below 1. and then glow indicator lamp turned OFF. EC-297 L .53V. D E F MBIB1219E G 3. M PBIB2216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4.GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KLO 1. 5. 3. Confirm that the voltage indicates above 1. and then glow indicator lamp turned OFF. If it indicates above 80°C (176°F). Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates below 80°C (176°F). etc.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch ON. CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION 1. 4. 3. fuel supplying system. I J K SEF013Y 1.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch ON. 2. NG >> GO TO 5. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. cool down engine. starter motor. wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON. 4. EC C 2. H With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. INSPECTION START A Check fuel level. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Install properly. Turn ignition switch OFF. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1. 2. CHECK INSTALLATION Check that glow plug nut (1) and all glow plug connecting plate nuts (2) are installed properly. cool down engine.

4. Turn ignition switch ON. Conditions Voltage For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage More than 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Approx. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body. 0V PBIB0425E 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. SEF013Y 6. PBIB2216E 6. 3.GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM 4. If NG. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. If NG. Turn ignition switch ON.62V. Without CONSULT-II Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 51 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under the following conditions. 0V PBIB0425E OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. 4. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body. CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION 1. EC-298 . Confirm that the voltage indicates approximately 3. Conditions Voltage For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage More than 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Approx. cool down engine. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates approximately 25°C (77°F). cool down engine. 2. 5. 5. With CONSULT-II Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under the following conditions.

"DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION EC LINE" . Disconnect glow relay (1). F G H I MBIB1220E 3. CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. EC-299 M . CHECK DTC A Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed. 2. "COMBINATION METERS" . Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000. ● 60A fusible link ● Harness for open or short between glow relay and battery >> Repair harness or connectors. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. L PBIB1413E 8. Check voltage between glow relay terminals 1. D E 7. 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Refer to DI-4. refer to EC-79. J Voltage: Battery voltage K OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. Does combination meter operate normally? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 14. Turn ignition switch OFF. No >> GO TO 6. No >> Check combination meter circuit. NG >> GO TO 8. C CHECK COMBINATON METER OPERATION 6.GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM 5.

CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. CHECK GLOW RELAY Refer to EC-301. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. 2. F2 ● Harness for open or short between glow relay and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F8 ● Harness for open or short between glow relay and glow plug >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14. Disconnect glow plug harness connector. Continuity should exist. 3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. 13. "Component Inspection" . Refer to Wiring Diagram. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3.GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM 9. ● Harness connectors E8. NG >> GO TO 12. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC-300 . CHECK GLOW PLUG Refer to EC-301. 11. Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 5 and glow plug harness connector. ● Harness connectors E7. 10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. NG >> Replace glow relay. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. "Component Inspection" . CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Continuity should exist. NG >> Replace glow plug. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and glow relay terminal 2. 2. NG >> GO TO 10. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. 12.

● Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times. replace with a new one. F PBIB0428E GLOW PLUG 1. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . remove it with a reamer or suitable tool. H I J MBIB1130E K : 20. replace glow plug with a new one. then tighten using a tool to specified torque. Resistance: Approximately 0. 15 ft-lb) Removal and Installation EBS01KLQ L GLOW PLUG Refer to EM-41. M EC-301 .1 kg-m.1 N-m (2. EC >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KLP GLOW RELAY C Check continuity between glow relay terminals (3) and (5) under the following conditions.94 in) or higher. Conditions D Continuity 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) Yes No current supply No E Operation takes less than 1 second. 2. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-70.8 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] NOTE: ● Do not bump glow plug heating element. "GLOW PLUG" . If it is bumped. ● If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3. Check glow plug resistance.GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM 15. ● If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon. G Remove glow plug connecting plate.

When no change in the flow rate is needed. SEF411Y EC-302 . ● Engine stopped ● Engine starting ● Low engine coolant temperature ● Excessively high engine coolant temperature ● High engine speed ● Accelerator pedal fully depressed SEF908Y COMPONENT DESCRIPTION EGR Volume Control Valve The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. changing the flow rate. This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM Description PFP:14710 EBS01KLR SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Vehicle speed sensor* Vehicle speed Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature ECM Function EGR volume control Ignition switch Start signal Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Air conditioner switch* Air conditioner operation Actuator EGR volume control valve *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. This motor has four winding phases. the valve opens or closes. the ECM does not issue the pulse signal. Each time an ON pulse is issued. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM. Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. A built-in step motor moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the EGR by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remains at that particular opening. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions.

1 . Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.) Approximately 1. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage.0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . TERMINAL NO. 25 26 27 28 WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] EGR volume control valve ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed ● BR BR ECM relay (self shut-off) For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch OFF] ● 119 120 E DATA (DC Voltage) F Y O GR V [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch OFF] 105 113 D R G Power supply for ECM More than a few seconds passed after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch ON] 0. Neutral (M/T) ● No load EGR VOL CON/V SPECIFICATION After 1 minute at idle More than 10 steps Revving engine from idle to 3.14V (Voltage signals of each ECM terminals differ according to the control position of EGR volume control valve.200 rpm 0 step EC C ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KLT Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KLS A Specification data are reference values.14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . such as the ground. MONITOR ITEM CONDITION ● Engine: After warming up ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T). Use a ground other than ECM terminals.14V) G H I J K L M EC-303 .

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM Wiring Diagram EBS01KLU MBWA1057E EC-304 .

28 and ground. 3. PBIB0431E EC-305 . CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION 1.200 rpm and return to idle. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. I – : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check the oscilloscope screen when revving engine up to 3. EC C D E F MBIB0617E The pulse signal as shown in the figure should appear. 27. A Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2. G OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. M Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4.EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KLV 1. 2. Start engine and let it idle. 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector. NG >> GO TO 3. Set the oscilloscope probe between ECM terminals 25. H 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 26. K L MBIB1227E 4. J 3.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. 7. CHECK EGR PASSAGE Check the following for clogging and cracks. NG >> Repair or replace EGR passage. ECM terminal EGR volume control valve terminal 25 1 26 6 27 3 28 4 Continuity should exist. 4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows. F4 ● Harness for open and short between ECM and EGR volume control valve ● Harness for open and short between IPDM E/R and EGR volume control valve >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. >> INSPECTION END EC-306 . 6. ● EGR tube ● EGR cooler (A/T models) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. ● Harness connectors E9. 4. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Refer to Wiring Diagram. NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-307. Disconnect ECM harness connector.EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM 3. 5.

3. go to next step. ● terminal 2 and terminals 1.EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM Component Inspection EBS01KLW A EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE With CONSULT-II 1. SEF819Y If NG. H I J K MBIB0007E 6. If OK. 5. Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector. EC-307 L M .17 F G If NG. ● EC : Vehicle front C D MBIB1227E E 2. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head. Turn ignition switch ON. NOTE: When installing the EGR volume control valve. Check resistance between the following terminals. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II. 3 ● terminal 5 and terminals 4. Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector. replace EGR volume control valve. replace the EGR volume control valve. make sure that the shaft is in the same position before checking. 4. 6 Temperature °C (°F) Resistance Ω 20 (68) 13 . Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening.

If NG. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head. make sure that the shaft is in the same position before checking. Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector. 6 Temperature °C (°F) Resistance Ω 20 (68) 13 . ● : Vehicle front MBIB1227E 2.EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM Without CONSULT-II 1. EC-308 . ● terminal 2 and terminals 1. go to next step. 4. NOTE: When installing the EGR volume control valve. Check resistance between the following terminals. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the ignition switch position. replace EGR volume control valve.17 If NG. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF MBIB0007E 6. If OK. 5. "INTAKE MANIFOLD" . replace EGR volume control valve. SEF560W Removal and Installation EBS01KLX EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE Refer to EM-20. 3 ● terminal 5 and terminals 4. Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.

● ● F : Vehicle front Alternator (2) G H MBIB1206E I J K L M EC-309 . the intake air volume is adjusted. The longer the ON pulse. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through the rods. EC C D MBIB0626E E The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) is moved by ON/ OFF pulse from the ECM.TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description PFP:14956 A EBS01KLY The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls the actuator. the charge air pressure rises.

0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .000 rpm MBIB0890E [Ignition switch ON] [Ignition switch OFF] ● 105 113 BR BR ECM relay (self shut-off) For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch OFF] ● 119 120 R G Power supply for ECM More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch ON] : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope. such as the ground.6V [Engine is running] ● Warm-up condition ● Engine speed: 2.14V) . and are measured between each terminal and ground.14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KM0 Specification data are reference valves. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II. TERMINAL NO. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.) EC-310 Approximately 1. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 6. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor.3V [Engine is running] 6 BR ● Warm-up condition ● Idle speed Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve MBIB0889E Approximately 8.

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Wiring Diagram EBS01KM1 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1058E EC-311 .

– 3. ● Harness connectors E9. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. Check voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. EC-312 . – : Vehicle front Alternator (2) Turn ignition switch ON. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator (1) rod moves slightly when engine is started. Start engine and let it idle. NG >> GO TO 3. 2. MBIB1206E 4. MBIB1242E 3. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) harness connector.TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KM2 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION 1. 2. F4 ● Harness for open or short between ECM and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve ● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. MBIB1207E 2.

EC-313 . F G 6. H >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KM3 I TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. Removal and Installation MBIB1129E EBS01KM4 TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-18.TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 4. "CHARGE AIR COOLER" . Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Air passage continuity between (A) and (C) 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) Yes No No supply No Yes CONDITIONS Operation takes less than 1 second. D E 5. 2. Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals. A Turn ignition switch OFF. C Continuity should exist. replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. 3. "Component Inspection" . Refer to Wiring Diagram. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-313. CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. ● ● J : Vehicle front Alternator (2) K L MBIB1206E M 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminal 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. 4. NG >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. 3. Check air passage continuity of turbocharger boost control solenoid valve under the following conditions. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . If NG.

The intake air control valve control solenoid valve (1) controls the ON-OFF load of the intake air control valve actuator. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] 15 GR Intake air control valve control solenoid valve [Engine is running] [Ignition switch OFF] ● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . Use a ground other than ECM terminals. the intake air control valve control solenoid valve will return to fully open.0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 .3V [Ignition switch OFF] ● 105 113 BR BR ECM relay (self shut-off) [Ignition switch OFF] ● 119 120 R G Power supply for ECM For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch ON] EC-314 Approximately 1. ● ● ● : Vehicle front Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve (2) Oil filter (3) MBIB1226E ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KM6 Specification data are reference valves.INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description PFP:16188 EBS01KM5 Vibration when stopping the engine can be controlled by cutting intake air right before the fuel is cut. and are measured between each terminal and ground. Doing so may damage the ECM's transistor.14V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . After the engine has stopped. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. the intake air control valve control solenoid valve will be turned ON when the ignition switch is turned OFF with the engine running and when the engine stalls. TERMINAL NO. such as the ground. As a result.14V) Approximately 0.14V) .

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Wiring Diagram EBS01KM7 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1066E EC-315 .

Disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake air control valve actuator (1). 2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION 1. MBIB1228E 2. 2. Refer to EC-16. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . MBIB1238E 3. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE 1. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence under the following conditions. CONDITIONS For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF Except above vacuum should exist should not exist OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. cracks or improper connection. Turn ignition switch OFF. NG >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery. CHECK VACUUM HOSE 1. NG >> GO TO 3. Start engine and let it idle.INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KM8 1. Make sure that intake air control valve actuator (1) rod moves when turning ignition switch OFF. SEF109L EC-316 . 2. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging. 3. Start engine and let it idle. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4.

EC-317 M . A EC : Vehicle front Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve (2) Oil filter (3) Turn ignition switch ON. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT L FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F4 ● Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and intake air control valve control solenoid valve ● Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air control valve control solenoid valve J K >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. 6. Check voltage between intake air control valve control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-318. Disconnect intake air control valve control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. C D MBIB1226E E 4. Continuity should exist. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and intake air control valve control solenoid valve terminal 1. NG >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. – – – 3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I Check the following. ● Harness connectors E9. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. "Component Inspection" . Turn ignition switch OFF. 4.INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 4. CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. NG >> Replace intake air control valve control solenoid valve. 2. G H PBIB0192E 5. 3. 7.

Disconnect intake air control valve control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. EC-318 MEC488B . 3. -400 mmHg. replace intake air control valve control solenoid valve.3 kPa (-533 mbar. MBIB1239E 10. Install a vacuum pump A to intake air control valve actuator (1). MBIB1226E 3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection EBS01KM9 INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. Check air passage continuity of intake air control valve control solenoid valve under the following conditions. NG >> Replace vacuum pump assembly. NG >> Replace intake air control valve actuator. "VACUUM PUMP" . -15. CHECK VACUUM PUMP Refer to EM-42. 9. : Vehicle front Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve (2) ● Oil filter (3) Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals. Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 8.75 inHg) and releasing it. Make sure that the intake air control valve actuator rod moves smoothly when applying vacuum of -53. CONDITIONS Air passage continuity between (A) and (B) Air passage continuity between (A) and (C) 12V direct current supply between terminals (1) and (2) Yes No No supply No Yes Operation takes less than 1 second. If NG. ● ● 2. 2.

HEAT UP SWITCH
HEAT UP SWITCH
Description

PFP:27666

A
EBS01KMA

The heat up switch (1) is located on the lower side of the instrument
panel. This switch is used to speed up the heater's operation when
the engine is cold. When the ECM received the heat up switch ON
signal, the ECM increases the engine idle speed to 1,400 rpm to
warm up engine quickly.
This system works when all conditions listed below are met.
Heat up switch

EC

C

ON

Shift lever

D

P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)

Accelerator pedal

Fully released
MBIB1221E

E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode

EBS01KMB

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM
WARM UP SW

CONDITION

Ignition switch: ON

F

SPECIFICATION

Heat up switch: OFF

OFF

Heat up switch: ON

ON

G

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KMC

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

I
WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]

13

H

Y

Heat up switch

Heat up switch: OFF

[Ignition switch ON]

Heat up switch: ON

DATA
(DC Voltage)
Approximately 0.3V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

J

K

L

M

EC-319

HEAT UP SWITCH
Wiring Diagram

EBS01KMD

MBWA1362E

EC-320

HEAT UP SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KME

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1.
2.

A

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check “WARM UP SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
CONDITION

C

WARM UP SW

Heat up switch: OFF

OFF

Heat up switch: ON

ON

EC

D

E

PBIB0584E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 13 and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION

F

G

VOLTAGE

Heat up switch: OFF

Approximately 0V

Heat up switch: ON

Battery voltage

H

I

J
MBIB1247E

K

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

L

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Check indicator in the heat up switch under the following condition.
CONDITION

INDICATION

Heat up switch: OFF

OFF

Heat up switch: ON

ON

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.

EC-321

M

HEAT UP SWITCH

3. CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.

Turn heat up switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heat up switch (1) harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1221E

5.

Check voltage between heat up switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT -II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.

MBIB1245E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M88

10A fuse

Harness for open or short between heat up switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and heat up switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 6.

EC-322

HEAT UP SWITCH

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

A

Check the following.

Harness connectors M91, E101

Harness connectors E11, F3

Harness for open or short between ECM and heat up switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.

EC

C

D

Check harness continuity between heat up switch terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E

Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

F

8. CHECK HEAT UP SWITCH

G

Refer to EC-324, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace heat up switch.

H

I

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

J

>> INSPECTION END
K

L

M

EC-323

HEAT UP SWITCH
Component Inspection

EBS01KMF

HEAT UP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.

Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect heat up switch harness connector.
Check continuity between heat up switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
CONDITION

CONTINUITY

Heat up switch: OFF

Should not exist

Heat up switch: ON

Should exist

4.

If NG, replace heat up switch.
If OK, go to following step.
MBIB1386E

5.

6.

Check continuity between heat up switch terminals 2 and 4
under the following conditions.
CONDITION

CONTINUITY

A

Should exist

B

Should not exist

If NG, replace heat up switch.

MBIB1321E

EC-324

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description

PFP:92136

A
EBS01KMG

The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of
the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

: Vehicle front

EC

C

D
MBIB1224E

E

F

G

H
PBIB2657E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value

EBS01KMH

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may damage the
ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.

WIRE
COLOR

ITEM

CONDITION

DATA (DC Voltage)

I

J

K

[Engine is running]
53

64

W

Refrigerant pressure sensor

V

Sensor power supply
(Refrigerant pressure sensor)

BR

Refrigerant pressure sensor
ground

Warm-up condition

Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates)

[Ignition switch ON]

1.0 - 4.0V

L

Approximately 5.3V

M

[Engine is running]
72

Warm-up condition

Idle speed

EC-325

Approximately 0.3V

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Wiring Diagram EBS01KMI MBWA1064E EC-326 .

Body ground E21 2. 2. EC-327 L M . CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS F 1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION 1.0V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. Refer to EC-78. ECM 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 6. Body ground E41 4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5.4. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.0 . 2. H I J MBIB1218E K : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E61 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. D E MBIB1248E 2. EC C Voltage: 1.REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KMJ 1. A Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between ECM terminal 53 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. "Ground Inspection" .

3. Turn ignition switch OFF.REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR 3. MBIB1224E 3. PBIB1872E 4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. ● Harness connectors E8. F2 ● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Voltage: Approximately 5.3V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. 5. ● Harness connectors E8. Continuity should exist. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. NG >> GO TO 4. EC-328 . Refer to Wiring Diagram. 6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. 2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72. – : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. Disconnect ECM harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. 4. NG >> GO TO 6. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector. F2 ● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

"Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" . OK or NG OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. J K L M EC-329 . CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to EC-70. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Removal and Installation H EBS01KMK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR I Refer to MTC-127. Refer to Wiring Diagram. A Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2. EC Continuity should exist. NG >> GO TO 8. ● Harness connectors E8. 2.REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR 7. F2 ● Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 8. 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace.

WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch OFF] ● 100 V Stop lamp switch Brake pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch OFF] ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed DATA (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function. such as the ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. BBIA0560E ASCD BRAKE SWITCH (MODELS WITH ASCD) When depress on the brake pedal. MONITOR ITEM BRAKE SW (Stop lamp switch) BRAKE SW2 (ASCD brake switch) CONDITION ● ● Ignition switch: ON SPECIFICATION Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON ● Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released (M/T) ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) Ignition switch: ON OFF ON ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KMN Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.BRAKE SWITCH BRAKE SWITCH Description PFP:25230 EBS01KML STOP LAMP SWITCH The stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket. TERMINAL NO.14V) [Ignition switch ON] ● Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) EC-330 Approximately 0V . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KMM Specification data are reference values. The switch senses brake pedal position and sends an ON-OFF signal to the ECM. Use a ground other than ECM terminals.14V) [Ignition switch ON] 101 W ● Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) ● Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released (M/T) ASCD brake switch BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel injection control system. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal) Refer to EC-355. ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.

BRAKE SWITCH Wiring Diagram EBS01KMO A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1361E EC-331 .

2. With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. OK (Models without ASCD)>>INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. CONDITION INDICATION Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON PBIB0472E Without CONSULT-II 1. EC-332 MBIB1097E . Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions.BRAKE SWITCH Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KMP A/T MODELS 1. 3. CONDITION Brake pedal: Fully released VOLTAGE Approximately 0V Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage OK or NG OK (Models with ASCD)>>GO TO 2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1.

PBIB1184E EC-333 . Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. 2. K L M BBIA0560E 3.BRAKE SWITCH 2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. NG >> GO TO 4. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. CONDITION Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed E F VOLTAGE Battery voltage G Approximately 0V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. H I MBIB0060E 3. CONDITION EC INDICATION Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON C D SEC013D Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions. J Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II A With CONSULT-II Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. Turn ignition switch ON. 7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-341. 5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. NG >> GO TO 8. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. 6. Disconnect ECM harness connector. ● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 ● 10A fuse ● Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. PBIB0857E EC-334 . 2. BBIA0560E 4. 3.BRAKE SWITCH 4. 3. 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Continuity should exist. "Component Inspection" .

Refer to Wiring Diagram. >> INSPECTION END J K L M EC-335 . "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. EC C D E Continuity should exist. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I 11. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD brake lamp switch terminal 2. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH H Refer to EC-341. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. 2. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . ● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 ● 10A fuse ● Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9. F G 10.BRAKE SWITCH 8. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions.BRAKE SWITCH M/T MODELS 1. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch ON. CONDITION Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed VOLTAGE Approximately 0V Battery voltage MBIB1097E OK or NG OK (Models with ASCD)>>GO TO 2. OK (Models without ASCD)>>INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. Without CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. 3. 2. CONDITION INDICATION Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON PBIB0472E 1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I With CONSULT-II 1. EC-336 . Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions. 2.

CONDITION Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed E F VOLTAGE G Battery voltage Approximately 0V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. CONDITION EC INDICATION Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released OFF Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON C D SEC013D Without CONSULT-II Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II A With CONSULT-II Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.BRAKE SWITCH 2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. J Turn ignition switch OFF. H MBIB0060E I 3. 2. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. K L M BBIA0560E 3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT -II or tester. MBIB1390E EC-337 .

OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. 3. 7. 2. BBIA0624E 4. PBIB0799E EC-338 . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Turn ignition switch OFF. NG >> GO TO 8. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 1.BRAKE SWITCH 4. Turn ignition switch ON. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 6. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. 3. Continuity should exist. CONDITION Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed VOLTAGE Battery voltage Approx. 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Disconnect ECM harness connector. ● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 ● 10A fuse ● Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. "Component Inspection" . DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. 0V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. 5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-341. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-II or tester.

CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-341. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1.BRAKE SWITCH 8. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. ● Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 ● 10A fuse ● Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse J K >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I Check the following. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. 2. F Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. EC-339 L M . Continuity should exist. Turn ignition switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD brake clutch switch terminal 1. G H PBIB0857E 9. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Refer to Wiring Diagram. 2. CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 10. 11. "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. 3. NG >> GO TO 9. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. EC C D BBIA0560E E 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.

>> INSPECTION END EC-340 . NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.BRAKE SWITCH 12. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Continuity should exist. 4. 3. 2. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. 14. CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-341. 13. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. "Component Inspection" . Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

2. refer to CL-6. "BRAKE PEDAL" . Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. and perform step 3 again. and perform step 3 again. "CLUTCH PEDAL" . refer to BR-6.BRAKE SWITCH Component Inspection EBS01KMQ A ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 1. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. refer to BR-6. EC-341 . Condition Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed EC Continuity C Should exist Should not exist D If NG. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Clutch pedal: Fully released Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed F G Continuity Should exist Should not exist H If NG. and perform step 3 again. K L M PBIB2285E Condition Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Continuity Should not exist Should exist If NG. 2. I SEC024D J STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch OFF. "BRAKE PEDAL" . adjust ASCD brake switch installation. 3. adjust ASCD clutch switch installation. E SEC023D ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH 1. adjust stop lamp switch installation. 3.

CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Ignition switch ON] 110 G (A/T) O (M/T) ● Park/Neutral position switch Shift lever: P or N (A/T). TERMINAL NO. Neutral (M/T) ON Shift lever: Except above OFF ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS01KMT Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. Neutral (M/T) [Ignition switch ON] ● Shift lever: Except above EC-342 DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 0V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 . Use a ground other than ECM terminals.PNP SWITCH PNP SWITCH Description PFP:32006 EBS01KMR When the gear position is in P or N (A/T). such as the ground. CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS01KMS Specification data are reference values. Neutral (M/T). park/neutral position is ON. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.14V) . MONITOR ITEM P/N POSI SW CONDITION ● Ignition switch: ON SPECIFICATION Shift lever: P or N (A/T).

PNP SWITCH Wiring Diagram EBS01KMU A EC C D E F G H I J K L M MBWA1060E EC-343 .

Shift lever position P/N POSI SW P or N ON Except above OFF SEF212Y Without CONSULT-II 1. NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION With CONSULT-II 1. 5. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Turn ignition switch ON. Disconnect combination meter harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. 3. 2. Refer to AT-34. EC-344 . NG >> GO TO 4. PBIB1947E 2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and combination meter terminal 7. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Check voltage between ECM terminal 110 and ground under the following conditions. 3.PNP SWITCH Diagnostic Procedure EBS01KMV A/T MODELS 1. Continuity should exist. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. 4. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Check “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions. Shift lever position P or N Voltage Approximately 0V Except above Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. 3.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-70. Refer to Wiring Diagram. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. F2 ● Harness for open or short between A/T assembly and combination meter. >> INSPECTION END EC-345 . Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-III 1. I J K 7. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7.PNP SWITCH 4. Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and TCM terminal 8. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector (1). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . 8. Refer to AT-94. – – – 2. ● Harness connectors E101. L M 2. M91 ● Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter EC >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. E101 ● Harness connectors E8. Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle D : Vehicle front A/T oil pan (2) Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and combination meter terminal 17. C 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. 9. "COMBINATION METERS" . NG >> Repair or replace. Continuity should exist. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II 1. ● Harness connectors M91. "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT" . MBIB1223E G H 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. REPLACE COMBINATION METER Refer to DI-4. NG >> GO TO 6. E F Continuity should exist. 3.

2. EC-346 . Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch (1) harness connector. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Without CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. Also check harness for short to power. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. PBIB1947E 2. 2. 3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION With CONSULT-II 1. Check voltage between ECM terminal 110 and ground under the following conditions.PNP SWITCH M/T MODELS 1. NG >> GO TO 3. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle : Vehicle front Back-up lamp switch (2) Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground. MBIB1222E 4. Check “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions. Turn ignition switch ON. – – – 3. Shift lever position Neutral Voltage Approximately 0V Except above Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Shift lever position P/N POSI SW Neutral ON Except above OFF SEF212Y 1.

I 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. M >> INSPECTION END EC-347 . NG >> GO TO 5. D E Continuity should exist. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and PNP switch terminal 1. "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH J Refer to MT-12. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. Disconnect ECM harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. EC C 4. F 5. NG >> Replace park/neutral position switch. ● Harness connectors E8. K 7. F2 ● Harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch H >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G Check the following. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. F2 ● Harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L Refer to EC-70. 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. "POSITION SWITCH" .PNP SWITCH 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. ● Harness connectors E8.

START SIGNAL START SIGNAL Wiring Diagram PFP:48750 EBS01KMW MBWA1061E EC-348 .

START SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KMX

1. CHECK START SIGNAL OVERALL FUNCTION
1.
2.

A

With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition

EC

C

START SIGNAL

Ignition switch ON

OFF

Ignition switch START

ON

D

E
PBIB0433E

F

Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Ignition switch ON
Ignition switch START

G

Voltage
Approximately 0V

H

Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.

I
PBIB1949E

2. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

J

1.
2.
3.

K

Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect ECM harness connector and ignition switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ignition switch terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

L

Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.

10A fuse

Fuse block (J/B) connector M88

Harness connectors M91, E101

Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-349

M

START SIGNAL

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END

EC-350

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Description

PFP:24814

A
EBS01KMY

ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
EC
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
C

CRUISE indicator is illuminated.

SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of
ASCD setting.
D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-355, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)" for the ASCD function.
E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

EC-351

ASCD INDICATOR
Wiring Diagram

EBS01KMZ

MBWA1330E

EC-352

ASCD INDICATOR
Diagnostic Procedure

EBS01KN0

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

A

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
ASCD INDICATOR
CRUISE LAMP

SET LAMP

CONDITION

SPECIFICATION

MAIN switch: Pressed at the
first time → at the 2nd time

MAIN switch: ON

ASCD: Operating

ON

When vehicle speed is
between 40 km/h (25 MPH)
and 185 km/h (115 MPH)

ASCD: Not operating

OFF

Ignition switch: ON


EC

ON → OFF

OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.

C

D

E

2. CHECK DTC
F

Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed.
OK or NG
OK
>> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000. Refer to EC-79, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NG
>> GO TO 3.

G

3. CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION

H

Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .

I

J

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-70, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

K

>> INSPECTION END
L

M

EC-353

MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
Wiring Diagram

PFP:24814
EBS01KN1

MBWA1364E

EC-354

AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description

PFP:18930

A
EBS01KN2

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor

Input signal to ECM

ASCD brake switch

Brake pedal operation

Stop lamp switch

Brake pedal operation

ASCD clutch switch (M/T)

Clutch pedal operation

ASCD steering switch

ASCD steering switch operation

Park/Neutral position (PNP)
switch

Gear position

Combination meter*

Vehicle speed

TCM*

Powertrain revolution

ECM function

Actuator

EC

C
ASCD vehicle speed control

Fuel injector and Fuel pump

D

E

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 185 km/h (115 MPH).
ECM controls fuel injection value to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.

F

G

H

SET OPERATION
Press ASCD MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 185 km/h (115
MPH), press SET/COST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)

ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed
until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.

I

J

K

CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.

CANCEL switch is depressed

More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are depressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)

Brake pedal is depressed

Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)

Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position (A/T models)

Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.

Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.

COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.

RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN
switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition
must meet following conditions.

EC-355

L

M

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-189 and EC-330 . ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-189 and EC-330 . EC-356 .AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ● ● ● ● Brake pedal is released Clutch pedal is released (M/T models) Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models) Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 185 km/h (115 MPH) Component Description EBS01KN3 ASCD STEERING SWITCH Refer to EC-206 . STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-189 and EC-330 . ASCD INDICATOR Refer to EC-351 .

283 .00 90 (194) 0.68 .0.0V 2.60°C (50 .4V Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.2.7 .236 . "Component Inspection" .0. heater fan & rear window defogger) ● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position E Mass Air Flow Sensor EBS01KN5 Supply voltage F Battery voltage (11 .17Ω Crankshaft Position Sensor EBS01KNC Refer to EC-164. "Component Inspection" . 0.0 .900 rpm *: Under the following conditions: D ● Heat up switch: OFF ● Air conditioner switch: OFF ● Electric load: OFF (Lights.) 1.2. Camshaft Position Sensor EBS01KND Refer to EC-175.3 .14V) Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) 2.200 80 (176) 0.3V Fuel Injector M EBS01KN9 Resistance [at 10 .1 .2.1.2.8Ω Glow Plug EBS01KNA Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.359 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Temperature °C (°F) I EBS01KN7 J Resistance kΩ 20 (68) 2.1.2 .7V * G *: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.800 .0. EC-357 .SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) General Specifications Target idle speed Air conditioner: ON PFP:00100 A EBS01KN4 A/T No load* (in P or N position) M/T No load* (in Neutral position) A/T In P or N position 750 rpm or more M/T In Neutral position 800 rpm or more 750±25 rpm Maximum engine speed EC C 4.140°F)] 0.) Approx.8Ω EGR Volume Control Valve EBS01KNB Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 13 .) 1. Intake Air Temperature Sensor EBS01KN6 H Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ 25 (77) 1.9 50 (122) 0.260 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor K EBS01KN8 Supply voltage L Approximately 5V Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Fuel Pump EBS01KNE Resistance [at 10 .3.60°C (50 .140°F)] 1.5 .0Ω EC-358 .